阿Ｑ正傳 The True Story of Ah Q

第一章 序Chapter One: Preface

第一

dì yī — 1. first 2. most important; primary; foremost

章

Zhāng — surname Zhang (HSK 6)

序

xù — 1. (bound form) order; sequence 2. (bound form) introductory; initial 3. preface (HSK 7-9)

我要給阿Q做正傳，已經不止一兩年了。It is now more than a year or two that I have wanted to write a true biography for Ah Q.但一面要做，一面又往回想，這足見我不是一個『立言』的人，因爲從來不朽之筆，須傳不朽之人，于是人以文傳，文以人傳——究竟誰靠誰傳，漸漸的不甚了然起來，而終於歸結到傳阿Q，彷彿思想裏有鬼似的。But wanting to write it on the one hand, and hesitating on the other, shows well enough that I am not a man given to "establishing words that endure," for from ancient times an immortal pen has always been needed to record an immortal man, so that the man is handed down through the writing, and the writing through the man—and just which depends on which for its transmission grew gradually unclear to me, until in the end it all came down to writing about Ah Q, as if some devil had got into my thinking.

我

wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)

要

yāo — (bound form) to demand; to coerce (HSK 1)

給

gěi — 1. to 2. for 3. for the benefit of 4. to give 5. to allow 6. to do sth (for sb) 7. (grammatical equivalent of 被) 8. (grammatical equivalent of 把) 9. (sentence intensifier) (HSK 1)

阿Q

Ā Q — Ah Q, antihero of Lu Xun's influential 1921 novella "The True Story of Ah Q" 阿Q正傳[A1 Q Zheng4 zhuan4] ("Q" here is typically pronounced as (kiū) or (qiū))

做

zuò — 1. to make; to produce 2. to write; to compose 3. to do; to engage in; to hold (a party etc) 4. (of a person) to be (an intermediary, a good student etc); to become (husband and wife, friends etc) 5. (of a thing) to serve as; to be used for 6. to assume (an air or manner) (HSK 1)

正傳

zhèng zhuàn — 1. main subject of long novel 2. true biography

已經

yǐ jīng — already (HSK 2)

不止

bù zhǐ — 1. incessantly 2. without end 3. more than 4. not limited to (HSK 5)

一

yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)

兩

liǎng — 1. two 2. both 3. some 4. a few 5. tael, unit of weight equal to 50 grams (modern) or 1⁄16 of a catty 斤 (jīn) (old) (HSK 1)

年

Nián — surname Nian (HSK 1)

了

le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)

但

dàn — 1. but; yet; however; still 2. merely; only; just (HSK 2)

一面

yī miàn — 1. one side 2. one aspect 3. simultaneously... (and...) 4. one's whole face (HSK 7-9)

要

yāo — (bound form) to demand; to coerce (HSK 1)

做

zuò — 1. to make; to produce 2. to write; to compose 3. to do; to engage in; to hold (a party etc) 4. (of a person) to be (an intermediary, a good student etc); to become (husband and wife, friends etc) 5. (of a thing) to serve as; to be used for 6. to assume (an air or manner) (HSK 1)

一面

yī miàn — 1. one side 2. one aspect 3. simultaneously... (and...) 4. one's whole face (HSK 7-9)

又

yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)

往

wǎng — 1. to go (in a direction) 2. to 3. towards 4. (of a train) bound for 5. past 6. previous (HSK 2)

回想

huí xiǎng — 1. to recall 2. to recollect 3. to think back (HSK 7-9)

這

zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)

足見

zú jiàn — 1. it goes to show that 2. one can see

我

wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)

不是

bù shì — 1. no 2. is not 3. not

一個

yī ge — 1. a; an; one 2. the whole (afternoon, summer vacation etc)

立言

lì yán — 1. to distinguish oneself through one's writing (one the three imperishables 三不朽 (sān bù xiǔ)) 2. to expound one's theory

的

de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

人

rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)

因

yīn — 1. cause 2. reason 3. because (HSK 6)

爲

wéi — variant of 為 (wéi) (HSK 2)

從來不

cóng lái bù — never (HSK 7-9)

朽

xiǔ — rotten

之

zhī — 1. (possessive particle, literary equivalent of 的 (de)) 2. him 3. her 4. it (HSK 7-9)

筆

bǐ — 1. writing brush; writing implement (pen, pencil etc) (classifier: 支 (zhī), 枝 (zhī)) 2. brushstroke; stroke (in painting or calligraphy) 3. (bound form) style of writing; literary manner; technique of brushwork 4. (classifier) stroke of a Chinese character 5. (classifier) sum of money; financial transaction; piece of business 6. (literary) to write (with a brush or pen) (HSK 2)

須

xū — 1. must 2. to have to 3. to wait (HSK 7-9)

傳

chuán — 1. to pass on 2. to spread 3. to transmit 4. to infect 5. to transfer 6. to circulate 7. to conduct (electricity) (HSK 3)

不朽

bù xiǔ — to last forever; eternal; enduring

之

zhī — 1. (possessive particle, literary equivalent of 的 (de)) 2. him 3. her 4. it (HSK 7-9)

人

rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)

于是

yú shì — thereupon; as a result; consequently; thus; hence (HSK 4)

人

rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)

以

Yǐ — abbr. for Israel 以色列 (Yǐ sè liè) (HSK 7-9)

文

Wén — surname Wen (HSK 7-9)

傳

chuán — 1. to pass on 2. to spread 3. to transmit 4. to infect 5. to transfer 6. to circulate 7. to conduct (electricity) (HSK 3)

文

Wén — surname Wen (HSK 7-9)

以

Yǐ — abbr. for Israel 以色列 (Yǐ sè liè) (HSK 7-9)

人

rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)

傳

chuán — 1. to pass on 2. to spread 3. to transmit 4. to infect 5. to transfer 6. to circulate 7. to conduct (electricity) (HSK 3)

究竟

jiū jìng — 1. to go to the bottom of a matter 2. after all 3. when all is said and done 4. (in an interrogative sentence) finally 5. outcome 6. result (HSK 4)

誰

shéi — 1. who 2. also pr. (shuí) (HSK 1)

靠

kào — 1. to lean against or on 2. to stand by the side of 3. to come near to 4. to depend on 5. to trust 6. to fuck (vulgar) 7. traditional military costume drama where the performers wear armor (old) (HSK 2)

誰

shéi — 1. who 2. also pr. (shuí) (HSK 1)

傳

chuán — 1. to pass on 2. to spread 3. to transmit 4. to infect 5. to transfer 6. to circulate 7. to conduct (electricity) (HSK 3)

漸漸

jiàn jiàn — gradually (HSK 4)

的

de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

不甚

bù shèn — (literary) not very

了然

liǎo rán — to understand clearly; evident

起來

qǐ lai — 1. to stand up; to get up 2. also pr. (qǐ lái) (HSK 1)

而

ér — 1. and 2. as well as 3. and so 4. but (not) 5. yet (not) 6. (indicates causal relation) 7. (indicates change of state) 8. (indicates contrast) (HSK 4)

終於

zhōng yú — 1. at last 2. in the end 3. finally 4. eventually (HSK 3)

歸結

guī jié — 1. to sum up; to conclude; to put in a nutshell 2. conclusion; end (of a story etc) (HSK 7-9)

到

dào — 1. to reach; to arrive 2. to leave for; to go to 3. to (a place); until (a time); up to (a point) 4. (verb complement indicating arriving at a place or reaching a point) 5. considerate; thoughtful; thorough (HSK 1)

傳

chuán — 1. to pass on 2. to spread 3. to transmit 4. to infect 5. to transfer 6. to circulate 7. to conduct (electricity) (HSK 3)

阿Q

Ā Q — Ah Q, antihero of Lu Xun's influential 1921 novella "The True Story of Ah Q" 阿Q正傳[A1 Q Zheng4 zhuan4] ("Q" here is typically pronounced as (kiū) or (qiū))

彷彿

fǎng fú — 1. to seem; as if; seemingly 2. alike; similar (HSK 6)

思想

sī xiǎng — 1. thought 2. thinking 3. idea 4. ideology 5. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 3)

裏

lǐ — variant of 裡 (lǐ) (HSK 1)

有鬼

yǒu guǐ — (fig.) to smell fishy

似的

shì de — 1. seems as if 2. rather like 3. Taiwan pr. (sì de) (HSK 4)

我要给阿Q做正传，已经不止一两年了。但一面要做，一面又往回想，这足见我不是一个『立言』的人，因为从来不朽之笔，须传不朽之人，于是人以文传，文以人传——究竟谁靠谁传，渐渐的不甚了然起来，而终于归结到传阿Q，仿佛思想里有鬼似的。

然而要做這一篇速朽的文章，纔下筆，便感到萬分的困難了。Yet no sooner had I set brush to paper to write this piece, doomed from the start to swift oblivion, than I felt the most extreme difficulty.第一是文章的名目。The first difficulty was the title of the piece.孔子曰：『名不正則言不順。』這原是應該極注意的。Confucius said, "If names are not correct, words will not accord with the truth of things." This is certainly a matter deserving the closest attention.傳的名目很繁多：列傳、自傳、內傳、外傳、別傳、家傳、小傳，……There are a great many kinds of titles for biographies: the Arrayed Biography, the Autobiography, the Inner Biography, the Outer Biography, the Separate Biography, the Family Biography, the Short Biography...而可惜都不合。『列傳』麽，這一篇並非和許多闊人排在『正史』裏；『自傳』麽，我又並非就是阿Q。And unfortunately none of them fit. An "Arrayed Biography"? This piece is not being placed alongside a host of eminent men in some "Official History." An "Autobiography"? But I am certainly not Ah Q myself.說是『外傳』，『內傳』在那里呢？Suppose we call it an "Outer Biography"—then where is the "Inner Biography" it complements?倘用『內傳』，阿Q又決不是神仙。『別傳』呢，阿Q實在未曾有大總統上諭宣付國史館立『本傳』——雖說英國正史上並無『博徒列傳』，而文豪迭更司也做過博徒別傳這一部書，但文豪則可，在我輩卻不可的。If we were to use "Inner Biography," Ah Q was certainly no immortal or transcendent being. A "Separate Biography," then? But Ah Q never actually had a presidential decree handing his case down to the Bureau of National History to have a "Standard Biography" established for him—although it is true that while England's official histories contain no "Arrayed Biographies of Gamblers," the great man of letters Dickens once wrote a separate biography of a gambler; but what is permissible for a great man of letters is not permissible for the likes of us.其次是『家傳』，則我旣不知與阿Q是否同宗，也未曾受他子孫的拜託；Next there is the "Family Biography"—but I do not even know whether I share a clan with Ah Q, nor have I ever been entrusted with the task by any of his descendants;或『小傳』，則阿Q又更無別的『大傳』了。Or a "Short Biography"—but then Ah Q would need some other, longer "Full Biography" to go with it, and there is none.總而言之，這一篇也便是『本傳』，但從我的文章着想，因爲文體卑下，是『引車賣漿者流』所用的話，所以不敢僭稱，便從不入三教九流的小說家所謂『閒話休題言歸正傳』這一句套話裏，取出『正傳』兩個字來，作爲名目，卽使與古人所撰書法正傳的『正傳』字面上很相混，也顧不得了。In short, this piece is really a "Standard Biography," but considering the style of my writing, since it is a lowly, common style, the sort of language used by "cart-pullers and pedlars of gruel," I dare not presume to claim so lofty a title, and so, from the stock phrase used by novelists—who are ranked outside the Three Doctrines and Nine Schools—"enough of such idle talk, let us return to the true story," I have taken the two words "true story" to serve as my title, even though on the printed page they happen to coincide with the very same characters used by men of old in works entitled "Faithful Biography" done in the proper style of biographical writing—well, that cannot be helped.

然而

rán ér — however; but; yet (HSK 4)

要

yāo — (bound form) to demand; to coerce (HSK 1)

做

zuò — 1. to make; to produce 2. to write; to compose 3. to do; to engage in; to hold (a party etc) 4. (of a person) to be (an intermediary, a good student etc); to become (husband and wife, friends etc) 5. (of a thing) to serve as; to be used for 6. to assume (an air or manner) (HSK 1)

這

zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)

一

yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)

篇

piān — 1. sheet 2. piece of writing 3. bound set of bamboo slips used for record keeping (old) 4. classifier for written items: chapter, article (HSK 2)

速

sù — 1. fast 2. rapid 3. quick 4. velocity

朽

xiǔ — rotten

的

de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

文章

wén zhāng — 1. article 2. essay 3. literary works 4. writings 5. hidden meaning 6. classifier: 篇 (piān), 段 (duàn), 頁 (yè) (HSK 3)

纔

cái — 1. (variant of 才 (cái)) just now 2. (variant of 才 (cái)) (before an expression of quantity) only (HSK 2)

下筆

xià bǐ — to put pen to paper

便

biàn — 1. plain 2. informal 3. suitable 4. convenient 5. opportune 6. to urinate or defecate 7. equivalent to 就 (jiù): then 8. in that case 9. even if 10. soon afterwards (HSK 6)

感到

gǎn dào — to feel; to sense; to perceive (HSK 2)

萬分

wàn fēn — 1. very much 2. extremely 3. one ten thousandth part (HSK 7-9)

的

de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

困難

kùn nan — 1. difficult 2. challenging 3. straitened circumstances 4. difficult situation (HSK 3)

了

le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)

第一

dì yī — 1. first 2. most important; primary; foremost

是

shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)

文章

wén zhāng — 1. article 2. essay 3. literary works 4. writings 5. hidden meaning 6. classifier: 篇 (piān), 段 (duàn), 頁 (yè) (HSK 3)

的

de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

名目

míng mù — 1. name 2. designation 3. item 4. rubric 5. (formal usage) fame

孔子

Kǒng zǐ — Confucius (551-479 BC), Chinese thinker and social philosopher, also known as 孔夫子 (Kǒng fū zǐ)

曰

yuē — 1. to speak 2. to say (HSK 7-9)

名

míng — 1. name 2. noun (part of speech) 3. place (e.g. among winners) 4. famous 5. classifier for people (HSK 2)

不

bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)

正則

zhèng zé — regular (figure in geometry)

言

yán — 1. words 2. speech 3. to say 4. to talk

不順

bù shùn — 1. unfavorable 2. adverse

這

zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)

原

Yuán — 1. surname Yuan 2. (Japanese surname) Hara (HSK 6)

是

shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)

應該

yīng gāi — ought to; should; must (HSK 2)

極

jí — 1. extremely 2. pole (geography, physics) 3. utmost 4. top (HSK 4)

注意

zhù yì — to take note of; to pay attention to (HSK 3)

的

de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

傳

chuán — 1. to pass on 2. to spread 3. to transmit 4. to infect 5. to transfer 6. to circulate 7. to conduct (electricity) (HSK 3)

的

de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

名目

míng mù — 1. name 2. designation 3. item 4. rubric 5. (formal usage) fame

很

hěn — 1. very; quite 2. (also, often used before an adjective without intensifying its meaning, i.e. as a meaningless syntactic element) (HSK 1)

繁多

fán duō — 1. many and varied 2. of many different kinds

列傳

liè zhuàn — historical biography

自傳

zì zhuàn — autobiography

內傳

nèi zhuàn — 1. biography recounting apocryphal anecdotes and rumors 2. (old) book of exegesis of a classic

外傳

wài chuán — 1. to tell others (a secret) 2. to divulge to an outsider 3. to be rumored

別傳

bié zhuàn — supplementary biography

家傳

jiā chuán — 1. handed down in a family 2. family traditions

小傳

xiǎo zhuàn — 1. sketch biography 2. profile

而

ér — 1. and 2. as well as 3. and so 4. but (not) 5. yet (not) 6. (indicates causal relation) 7. (indicates change of state) 8. (indicates contrast) (HSK 4)

可惜

kě xī — 1. it is a pity 2. what a pity 3. unfortunately (HSK 5)

都

Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)

不合

bù hé — 1. to not conform to 2. to be unsuited to 3. to be out of keeping with 4. should not 5. ought out

列傳

liè zhuàn — historical biography

麽

me — variant of 麼 (me)

這

zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)

一

yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)

篇

piān — 1. sheet 2. piece of writing 3. bound set of bamboo slips used for record keeping (old) 4. classifier for written items: chapter, article (HSK 2)

並非

bìng fēi — really isn't (HSK 7-9)

和

Hé — surname He (HSK 1)

許多

xǔ duō — 1. many 2. a lot of 3. much (HSK 2)

闊人

kuò rén — 1. rich person 2. the rich

排

pái — 1. to arrange in order; to line up 2. to exclude; to eliminate; to repel; to expel; to discharge 3. (literary) to push aside; to force open 4. to rehearse 5. row; line 6. platoon 7. (bound form) steak; chop 8. (bound form) raft 9. classifier for rows or lines (of people or things) (HSK 2)

在

zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)

正史

zhèng shǐ — 1. the 24 or 25 official dynastic histories 2. true history, as opposed to fictional adaptation or popular legends

裏

lǐ — variant of 裡 (lǐ) (HSK 1)

自傳

zì zhuàn — autobiography

麽

me — variant of 麼 (me)

我

wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)

又

yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)

並非

bìng fēi — really isn't (HSK 7-9)

就是

jiù shì — 1. exactly; precisely 2. only; simply; just 3. (used correlatively with 也 (yě)) even; even if (HSK 3)

阿Q

Ā Q — Ah Q, antihero of Lu Xun's influential 1921 novella "The True Story of Ah Q" 阿Q正傳[A1 Q Zheng4 zhuan4] ("Q" here is typically pronounced as (kiū) or (qiū))

說

shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)

是

shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)

外傳

wài chuán — 1. to tell others (a secret) 2. to divulge to an outsider 3. to be rumored

內傳

nèi zhuàn — 1. biography recounting apocryphal anecdotes and rumors 2. (old) book of exegesis of a classic

在

zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)

那里

nà li — there; that place (HSK 1)

呢

ne — 1. (sentence-final particle) used in questions to link back to prior discourse or context ("what about...?", "and...?") 2. (sentence-final particle) indicating that a state or situation still holds 3. (discourse particle) used to mark a slight pause or emphasis in speech (HSK 1)

倘

cháng — used in 倘佯 (cháng yáng)

用

yòng — 1. to use; to make use of; to employ 2. (coverb) with; using 3. to need; to have to (usu. used in the negative or in questions) 4. usefulness; utility 5. (bound form) expense; outlay 6. (courteous) to eat; to drink 7. (literary) hence; therefore (HSK 1)

內傳

nèi zhuàn — 1. biography recounting apocryphal anecdotes and rumors 2. (old) book of exegesis of a classic

阿Q

Ā Q — Ah Q, antihero of Lu Xun's influential 1921 novella "The True Story of Ah Q" 阿Q正傳[A1 Q Zheng4 zhuan4] ("Q" here is typically pronounced as (kiū) or (qiū))

又

yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)

決不

jué bù — 1. not at all 2. simply (can) not (HSK 5)

是

shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)

神仙

shén xiān — 1. Daoist immortal 2. supernatural entity 3. (in modern fiction) fairy, elf, leprechaun etc 4. fig. lighthearted person (HSK 7-9)

別傳

bié zhuàn — supplementary biography

呢

ne — 1. (sentence-final particle) used in questions to link back to prior discourse or context ("what about...?", "and...?") 2. (sentence-final particle) indicating that a state or situation still holds 3. (discourse particle) used to mark a slight pause or emphasis in speech (HSK 1)

阿Q

Ā Q — Ah Q, antihero of Lu Xun's influential 1921 novella "The True Story of Ah Q" 阿Q正傳[A1 Q Zheng4 zhuan4] ("Q" here is typically pronounced as (kiū) or (qiū))

實在

shí zài — 1. really 2. actually 3. indeed 4. true 5. real 6. honest 7. dependable 8. (philosophy) reality (HSK 2)

未曾

wèi céng — hasn't (or haven't); hasn't ever

有

yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)

大總統

dà zǒng tǒng — president (primarily used during the early years of the Republic of China, 1912–1928)

上諭

shàng yù — imperial edict

宣

Xuān — surname Xuan

付

Fù — surname Fu (HSK 3)

國史

guó shǐ — 1. national history 2. dynastic history

館

guǎn — 1. building 2. shop 3. term for certain service establishments 4. embassy or consulate 5. schoolroom (old) 6. classifier: 家 (jiā)

立

Lì — surname Li (HSK 5)

本

běn — 1. (bound form) root; stem 2. (bound form) origin; source 3. (bound form) one's own; this 4. (bound form) this; the current (year etc) 5. (bound form) original 6. (bound form) inherent 7. originally; initially 8. capital; principal 9. classifier for books, periodicals, files etc (HSK 1)

傳

chuán — 1. to pass on 2. to spread 3. to transmit 4. to infect 5. to transfer 6. to circulate 7. to conduct (electricity) (HSK 3)

雖說

suī shuō — 1. though 2. although (HSK 7-9)

英國

Yīng guó — United Kingdom (UK); Britain

正史

zhèng shǐ — 1. the 24 or 25 official dynastic histories 2. true history, as opposed to fictional adaptation or popular legends

上

shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)

並

bìng — 1. and 2. furthermore 3. also 4. together with 5. (not) at all 6. simultaneously 7. to combine 8. to join 9. to merge (HSK 3)

無

mó — used in 南無 (nā mó) (HSK 4)

博徒

bó tú — gambler

列傳

liè zhuàn — historical biography

而

ér — 1. and 2. as well as 3. and so 4. but (not) 5. yet (not) 6. (indicates causal relation) 7. (indicates change of state) 8. (indicates contrast) (HSK 4)

文豪

wén háo — 1. literary giant 2. great writer 3. eminent writer

迭

dié — 1. alternately 2. repeatedly

更

gēng — 1. to change or replace 2. to experience 3. one of the five two-hour periods into which the night was formerly divided 4. watch (e.g. of a sentry or guard) (HSK 2)

司

Sī — surname Si

也

Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)

做

zuò — 1. to make; to produce 2. to write; to compose 3. to do; to engage in; to hold (a party etc) 4. (of a person) to be (an intermediary, a good student etc); to become (husband and wife, friends etc) 5. (of a thing) to serve as; to be used for 6. to assume (an air or manner) (HSK 1)

過

Guō — surname Guo (HSK 1)

博徒

bó tú — gambler

別傳

bié zhuàn — supplementary biography

這

zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)

一

yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)

部

bù — 1. ministry 2. department 3. section 4. part 5. division 6. troops 7. board 8. classifier for works of literature, films, machines etc (HSK 3)

書

Shū — abbr. for 書經 (Shū jīng) (HSK 1)

但

dàn — 1. but; yet; however; still 2. merely; only; just (HSK 2)

文豪

wén háo — 1. literary giant 2. great writer 3. eminent writer

則

zé — 1. (literary) (conjunction used to express contrast with a previous clause) but; then 2. (bound form) standard; norm 3. (bound form) principle 4. (literary) to imitate; to follow 5. classifier for written items (HSK 7-9)

可

kě — 1. (prefix) can; may; able to; -able 2. to approve; to permit 3. to suit 4. (particle used for emphasis) certainly; very 5. but; however (HSK 5)

在

zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)

我輩

wǒ bèi — 1. (literary) we 2. us

卻

què — 1. but 2. yet 3. however 4. while 5. to go back 6. to decline 7. to retreat 8. nevertheless 9. even though (HSK 4)

不可

bù kě — cannot; should not; must not

的

de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

其次

qí cì — 1. next 2. secondly (HSK 3)

是

shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)

家傳

jiā chuán — 1. handed down in a family 2. family traditions

則

zé — 1. (literary) (conjunction used to express contrast with a previous clause) but; then 2. (bound form) standard; norm 3. (bound form) principle 4. (literary) to imitate; to follow 5. classifier for written items (HSK 7-9)

我

wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)

旣

jì — variant of 既 (jì)

不知

bù zhī — 1. not to know 2. unaware 3. unknowingly 4. fig. not to admit (defeat, hardships, tiredness etc) (HSK 7-9)

與

yú — variant of 歟 (yú) (HSK 6)

阿Q

Ā Q — Ah Q, antihero of Lu Xun's influential 1921 novella "The True Story of Ah Q" 阿Q正傳[A1 Q Zheng4 zhuan4] ("Q" here is typically pronounced as (kiū) or (qiū))

是否

shì fǒu — 1. whether (or not) 2. if 3. is or isn't (HSK 4)

同

tóng — 1. like 2. same 3. similar 4. together 5. alike 6. with (HSK 6)

宗

Zōng — surname Zong (HSK 7-9)

也

Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)

未曾

wèi céng — hasn't (or haven't); hasn't ever

受

shòu — 1. to receive 2. to accept 3. to suffer 4. subjected to 5. to bear 6. to stand 7. pleasant 8. (passive marker) 9. (LGBT) bottom (HSK 3)

他

tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)

子孫

zǐ sūn — 1. offspring 2. posterity (HSK 7-9)

的

de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

拜託

bài tuō — 1. to request sb to do sth 2. please! (HSK 7-9)

或

huò — 1. maybe 2. perhaps 3. might 4. possibly 5. or (HSK 2)

小傳

xiǎo zhuàn — 1. sketch biography 2. profile

則

zé — 1. (literary) (conjunction used to express contrast with a previous clause) but; then 2. (bound form) standard; norm 3. (bound form) principle 4. (literary) to imitate; to follow 5. classifier for written items (HSK 7-9)

阿Q

Ā Q — Ah Q, antihero of Lu Xun's influential 1921 novella "The True Story of Ah Q" 阿Q正傳[A1 Q Zheng4 zhuan4] ("Q" here is typically pronounced as (kiū) or (qiū))

又

yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)

更

gēng — 1. to change or replace 2. to experience 3. one of the five two-hour periods into which the night was formerly divided 4. watch (e.g. of a sentry or guard) (HSK 2)

無

mó — used in 南無 (nā mó) (HSK 4)

別的

bié de — 1. else 2. other (HSK 1)

大

dà — 1. big; large; great 2. older (than another person) 3. eldest (as in 大姐 (dà jiě)) 4. greatly; freely; fully 5. (dialect) father 6. (dialect) uncle (father's brother) (HSK 1)

傳

chuán — 1. to pass on 2. to spread 3. to transmit 4. to infect 5. to transfer 6. to circulate 7. to conduct (electricity) (HSK 3)

了

le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)

總而言之

zǒng ér yán zhī — 1. in short 2. in a word 3. in brief (HSK 7-9)

這

zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)

一

yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)

篇

piān — 1. sheet 2. piece of writing 3. bound set of bamboo slips used for record keeping (old) 4. classifier for written items: chapter, article (HSK 2)

也

Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)

便是

biàn shì — 1. (emphasizes that sth is precisely or exactly as stated) 2. precisely 3. exactly 4. even 5. if 6. just like 7. in the same way as (HSK 6)

本

běn — 1. (bound form) root; stem 2. (bound form) origin; source 3. (bound form) one's own; this 4. (bound form) this; the current (year etc) 5. (bound form) original 6. (bound form) inherent 7. originally; initially 8. capital; principal 9. classifier for books, periodicals, files etc (HSK 1)

傳

chuán — 1. to pass on 2. to spread 3. to transmit 4. to infect 5. to transfer 6. to circulate 7. to conduct (electricity) (HSK 3)

但

dàn — 1. but; yet; however; still 2. merely; only; just (HSK 2)

從

Cóng — surname Cong (HSK 1)

我

wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)

的

de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

文章

wén zhāng — 1. article 2. essay 3. literary works 4. writings 5. hidden meaning 6. classifier: 篇 (piān), 段 (duàn), 頁 (yè) (HSK 3)

着想

zhuó xiǎng — 1. to give thought (to others) 2. to consider (other people's needs) 3. also pr. (zháo xiǎng) (HSK 7-9)

因

yīn — 1. cause 2. reason 3. because (HSK 6)

爲

wéi — variant of 為 (wéi) (HSK 2)

文體

wén tǐ — 1. genre of writing 2. literary form 3. style 4. literary recreation and sporting activities

卑下

bēi xià — 1. base 2. low

是

shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)

引

yǐn — 1. to draw (e.g. a bow) 2. to pull 3. to stretch sth 4. to extend 5. to lengthen 6. to involve or implicate in 7. to attract 8. to lead 9. to guide 10. to leave 11. to provide evidence or justification for 12. old unit of distance equal to 10 丈 (zhàng), one-thirtieth of a km or 33.33 meters (HSK 4)

車

Chē — surname Che (HSK 1)

賣

mài — 1. to sell 2. to betray 3. to spare no effort 4. to show off or flaunt (HSK 2)

漿

jiāng — 1. thick liquid 2. to starch

者流

zhě liú — (after a personal attribute) people who have that attribute; people of that type

所

suǒ — 1. actually 2. place 3. classifier for houses, small buildings, institutions etc 4. that which 5. particle introducing a relative clause or passive 6. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 3)

用

yòng — 1. to use; to make use of; to employ 2. (coverb) with; using 3. to need; to have to (usu. used in the negative or in questions) 4. usefulness; utility 5. (bound form) expense; outlay 6. (courteous) to eat; to drink 7. (literary) hence; therefore (HSK 1)

的話

de huà — if (coming after a conditional clause) (HSK 2)

所以

suǒ yǐ — 1. therefore 2. as a result 3. so 4. the reason why (HSK 2)

不

bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)

敢

gǎn — 1. to dare 2. daring 3. (polite) may I venture (HSK 3)

僭稱

jiàn chēng — to give sb or sth a title one has no authority to give

便

biàn — 1. plain 2. informal 3. suitable 4. convenient 5. opportune 6. to urinate or defecate 7. equivalent to 就 (jiù): then 8. in that case 9. even if 10. soon afterwards (HSK 6)

從不

cóng bù — never (HSK 6)

入

rù — 1. to enter; to go into 2. to join; to become a member of 3. (bound form) to conform to (as in 入時 (rù shí)) 4. abbr. for 入聲 (rù shēng) 5. (on product packaging, after {number n} + {classifier}) containing (n pieces) (from Japanese 入 "iri") (HSK 6)

三教九流

sān jiào jiǔ liú — 1. the Three Religions (Daoism, Confucianism, Buddhism) and Nine Schools (Confucians, Daoists, Yin-Yang, Legalists, Logicians, Mohists, Political Strategists, Eclectics, Agriculturists) 2. fig. people from all trades (often derog.)

的

de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

小說家

Xiǎo shuō jiā — School of Minor-talks, one of the Hundred Schools of Thought 諸子百家 (zhū zǐ bǎi jiā) during the Warring States Period (475-221 BC)

所謂

suǒ wèi — 1. what is meant by the expression ...; what is referred to as ... 2. (derog.) so-called (HSK 7-9)

閒話

xián huà — 1. casual conversation 2. chat 3. gossip 4. to talk about (whatever comes to mind)

休

Xiū — surname Xiu

題

Tí — surname Ti (HSK 2)

言歸正傳

yán guī zhèng zhuàn — 1. to return to the topic (idiom) 2. to get back to the main point

這

zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)

一句

yī jù — 1. a line of verse 2. a sentence

套話

tào huà — 1. polite phrase; conventional greetings 2. cliché 3. to try to worm facts out of sb

裏

lǐ — variant of 裡 (lǐ) (HSK 1)

取出

qǔ chū — 1. to take out 2. to extract 3. to draw out

正傳

zhèng zhuàn — 1. main subject of long novel 2. true biography

兩

liǎng — 1. two 2. both 3. some 4. a few 5. tael, unit of weight equal to 50 grams (modern) or 1⁄16 of a catty 斤 (jīn) (old) (HSK 1)

個

gě — used in 自個兒 (zì gě r) (HSK 1)

字

zì — 1. letter 2. symbol 3. character 4. word 5. classifier: 個 (gè) 6. courtesy or style name traditionally given to males aged 20 in dynastic China (HSK 1)

來

lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)

作

zuō — 1. (bound form) worker 2. (bound form) workshop 3. (slang) troublesome; high-maintenance (person) (HSK 6)

爲

wéi — variant of 為 (wéi) (HSK 2)

名目

míng mù — 1. name 2. designation 3. item 4. rubric 5. (formal usage) fame

卽

jí — 1. variant of 即 (jí) 2. promptly

使

shǐ — 1. to make 2. to cause 3. to enable 4. to use 5. to employ 6. to send 7. to instruct sb to do sth 8. envoy 9. messenger (HSK 3)

與

yú — variant of 歟 (yú) (HSK 6)

古人

gǔ rén — 1. people of ancient times 2. the ancients 3. extinct human species such as Homo erectus or Homo neanderthalensis 4. (literary) deceased person (HSK 7-9)

所

suǒ — 1. actually 2. place 3. classifier for houses, small buildings, institutions etc 4. that which 5. particle introducing a relative clause or passive 6. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 3)

撰

zhuàn — 1. to compose 2. to compile

書法

shū fǎ — 1. calligraphy 2. handwriting 3. penmanship (HSK 5)

正傳

zhèng zhuàn — 1. main subject of long novel 2. true biography

的

de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

正傳

zhèng zhuàn — 1. main subject of long novel 2. true biography

字面

zì miàn — 1. literal 2. typeface

上

shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)

很

hěn — 1. very; quite 2. (also, often used before an adjective without intensifying its meaning, i.e. as a meaningless syntactic element) (HSK 1)

相

Xiāng — surname Xiang

混

hún — 1. muddy; turbid (variant of 渾 (hún)) 2. brainless; foolish (variant of 渾 (hún)) 3. Taiwan pr. (hùn) (HSK 6)

也

Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)

顧不得

gù bu de — 1. unable to change sth 2. unable to deal with (HSK 7-9)

了

le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)

然而要做这一篇速朽的文章，才下笔，便感到万分的困难了。第一是文章的名目。孔子曰：『名不正则言不顺。』这原是应该极注意的。传的名目很繁多：列传、自传、内传、外传、别传、家传、小传，……而可惜都不合。『列传』么，这一篇并非和许多阔人排在『正史』里；『自传』么，我又并非就是阿Q。说是『外传』，『内传』在那里呢？倘用『内传』，阿Q又决不是神仙。『别传』呢，阿Q实在未曾有大总统上谕宣付国史馆立『本传』——虽说英国正史上并无『博徒列传』，而文豪迭更司也做过博徒别传这一部书，但文豪则可，在我辈却不可的。其次是『家传』，则我既不知与阿Q是否同宗，也未曾受他子孙的拜托；或『小传』，则阿Q又更无别的『大传』了。总而言之，这一篇也便是『本传』，但从我的文章着想，因为文体卑下，是『引车卖浆者流』所用的话，所以不敢僭称，便从不入三教九流的小说家所谓『闲话休题言归正传』这一句套话里，取出『正传』两个字来，作为名目，即使与古人所撰书法正传的『正传』字面上很相混，也顾不得了。

第二，立傳的通例，開首大抵該是『某，字某，某地人也』，而我並不知道阿Q姓什麼。Second, the general convention for writing a biography is that it should open with something like "So-and-so, styled So-and-so, was a native of such-and-such a place," but I do not even know what Ah Q's surname was.有一回，他似乎是姓趙，但第二日便模糊了。Once, it seemed he had the surname Zhao, but by the next day the matter had already grown hazy again.那是趙太爺的兒子進了秀才的時候，鑼聲鐺鐺的報到村裏來，阿Q正喝了兩碗黃酒，便手舞足蹈的說，這于他也很光采，因爲他和趙太爺原來是本家，細細的排起來他還比秀才長三輩呢。That was the time when old Mr. Zhao's son had passed the county examination and become a xiucai, and the gongs clanged out the news into the village; Ah Q, having just drunk two bowls of yellow wine, began waving his arms and stamping his feet, declaring that this reflected great glory upon himself as well, since he and old Mr. Zhao were, properly speaking, of the same clan, and if one worked it out carefully by generation, he actually stood three generations senior to the new xiucai.其時幾個旁聽人倒也肅然的有些起敬了。At the time, several bystanders who overheard this actually grew rather respectful toward him.那知道第二天，地保便叫阿Q到趙太爺家裏去；Who would have thought that the very next day the bailiff summoned Ah Q to old Mr. Zhao's house;太爺一見，滿臉濺朱，喝道：The moment the old gentleman saw him, his whole face flushed crimson, and he roared:

第二

dì èr — 1. second 2. number two 3. next 4. secondary

立傳

lì zhuàn — 1. to record sb's achievements in writing 2. to write a biography enhancing the subject's image

的

de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

通例

tōng lì — 1. general rule 2. standard practice

開首

kāi shǒu — 1. beginning 2. start 3. opening 4. in the beginning 5. to start 6. to open

大抵

dà dǐ — 1. generally speaking 2. by and large 3. for the most part

該

gāi — 1. should 2. ought to 3. probably 4. must be 5. to deserve 6. to owe 7. to be sb's turn to do sth 8. that 9. the above-mentioned (HSK 2)

是

shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)

某

mǒu — 1. some 2. a certain 3. sb or sth indefinite 4. such-and-such (HSK 3)

字

zì — 1. letter 2. symbol 3. character 4. word 5. classifier: 個 (gè) 6. courtesy or style name traditionally given to males aged 20 in dynastic China (HSK 1)

某

mǒu — 1. some 2. a certain 3. sb or sth indefinite 4. such-and-such (HSK 3)

某地

mǒu dì — 1. somewhere 2. some place

人

rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)

也

Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)

而

ér — 1. and 2. as well as 3. and so 4. but (not) 5. yet (not) 6. (indicates causal relation) 7. (indicates change of state) 8. (indicates contrast) (HSK 4)

我

wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)

並不

bìng bù — not at all; by no means

知道

zhī dào — 1. to know; to become aware of 2. also pr. (zhī dao) (HSK 1)

阿Q

Ā Q — Ah Q, antihero of Lu Xun's influential 1921 novella "The True Story of Ah Q" 阿Q正傳[A1 Q Zheng4 zhuan4] ("Q" here is typically pronounced as (kiū) or (qiū))

姓

xìng — 1. family name; surname 2. to be surnamed ... (HSK 2)

什麼

shén me — 1. what? 2. something; anything (HSK 1)

有

yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)

一

yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)

回

Huí — Hui ethnic group (Chinese Muslims) (HSK 1)

他

tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)

似乎

sì hū — it seems; seemingly; as if (HSK 4)

是

shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)

姓

xìng — 1. family name; surname 2. to be surnamed ... (HSK 2)

趙

Zhào — 1. surname Zhao 2. one of the seven states during the Warring States period (476–220 BC) 3. the Former Zhao 前趙 (Qián Zhào) (304–329) and Later Zhao 後趙 (Hòu Zhào) (319–350), states of the Sixteen Kingdoms

但

dàn — 1. but; yet; however; still 2. merely; only; just (HSK 2)

第二

dì èr — 1. second 2. number two 3. next 4. secondary

日

rì — 1. (bound form) sun 2. day 3. day of the month 4. (bound form) Japan (abbr. for 日本 (Rì běn)) 5. (vulgar) to fuck; to have sex with (HSK 1)

便

biàn — 1. plain 2. informal 3. suitable 4. convenient 5. opportune 6. to urinate or defecate 7. equivalent to 就 (jiù): then 8. in that case 9. even if 10. soon afterwards (HSK 6)

模糊

mó hu — 1. vague; indistinct; fuzzy 2. to blur; to obscure; to confuse; to mix up (HSK 5)

了

le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)

那是

nà shi — 1. (coll.) of course 2. naturally 3. indeed

趙

Zhào — 1. surname Zhao 2. one of the seven states during the Warring States period (476–220 BC) 3. the Former Zhao 前趙 (Qián Zhào) (304–329) and Later Zhao 後趙 (Hòu Zhào) (319–350), states of the Sixteen Kingdoms

太爺

tài yé — 1. (respectful for) one's grandfather 2. sb's father 3. older people 4. the head of the house (used by servants) 5. a district magistrate

的

de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

兒子

ér zi — son (HSK 1)

進

jìn — 1. to go forward 2. to advance 3. to go in 4. to enter 5. to put in 6. to submit 7. to take in 8. to admit 9. (math.) base of a number system 10. classifier for sections in a building or residential compound (HSK 1)

了

le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)

秀才

xiù cai — 1. a person who has passed the county level imperial exam (historical) 2. scholar 3. skillful writer 4. fine talent

的

de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

時候

shí hou — 1. time 2. length of time 3. moment 4. period (HSK 1)

鑼聲

luó shēng — sound of gong

鐺鐺

dāng dāng — 1. (onom.) clang 2. clank of metal 3. sound of striking a gong

的

de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

報到

bào dào — 1. to report for duty 2. to check in 3. to register (HSK 3)

村

cūn — 1. village 2. (dialect) to scold 3. rustic; boorish (HSK 3)

裏

lǐ — variant of 裡 (lǐ) (HSK 1)

來

lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)

阿Q

Ā Q — Ah Q, antihero of Lu Xun's influential 1921 novella "The True Story of Ah Q" 阿Q正傳[A1 Q Zheng4 zhuan4] ("Q" here is typically pronounced as (kiū) or (qiū))

正

zhēng — first month of the lunar year (HSK 1)

喝

hē — 1. to drink 2. variant of 嗬 (hē) (HSK 1)

了

le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)

兩

liǎng — 1. two 2. both 3. some 4. a few 5. tael, unit of weight equal to 50 grams (modern) or 1⁄16 of a catty 斤 (jīn) (old) (HSK 1)

碗

wǎn — 1. bowl 2. cup 3. classifier: 隻 (zhī), 個 (gè) (HSK 2)

黃酒

huáng jiǔ — "yellow wine" (mulled rice wine, usually served warm)

便

biàn — 1. plain 2. informal 3. suitable 4. convenient 5. opportune 6. to urinate or defecate 7. equivalent to 就 (jiù): then 8. in that case 9. even if 10. soon afterwards (HSK 6)

手舞足蹈

shǒu wǔ zú dǎo — 1. lit. to move one's hands and feet about (idiom) 2. fig. to dance about 3. to express one's feelings in body language 4. to gesture animatedly 5. (TCM) involuntary movements of the limbs

的

de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

說

shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)

這

zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)

于

Yú — surname Yu (HSK 6)

他

tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)

也

Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)

很

hěn — 1. very; quite 2. (also, often used before an adjective without intensifying its meaning, i.e. as a meaningless syntactic element) (HSK 1)

光采

guāng cǎi — variant of 光彩 (guāng cǎi)

因

yīn — 1. cause 2. reason 3. because (HSK 6)

爲

wéi — variant of 為 (wéi) (HSK 2)

他

tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)

和

Hé — surname He (HSK 1)

趙

Zhào — 1. surname Zhao 2. one of the seven states during the Warring States period (476–220 BC) 3. the Former Zhao 前趙 (Qián Zhào) (304–329) and Later Zhao 後趙 (Hòu Zhào) (319–350), states of the Sixteen Kingdoms

太爺

tài yé — 1. (respectful for) one's grandfather 2. sb's father 3. older people 4. the head of the house (used by servants) 5. a district magistrate

原來

yuán lái — 1. original; former 2. originally; formerly; at first 3. so, actually, as it turns out (HSK 2)

是

shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)

本家

běn jiā — 1. a member of the same clan 2. a distant relative with the same family name

細細

xì xì — 1. attentive 2. careful

的

de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

排

pái — 1. to arrange in order; to line up 2. to exclude; to eliminate; to repel; to expel; to discharge 3. (literary) to push aside; to force open 4. to rehearse 5. row; line 6. platoon 7. (bound form) steak; chop 8. (bound form) raft 9. classifier for rows or lines (of people or things) (HSK 2)

起來

qǐ lai — 1. to stand up; to get up 2. also pr. (qǐ lái) (HSK 1)

他

tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)

還

Huán — surname Huan (HSK 1)

比

Bǐ — 1. Belgium 2. Belgian 3. abbr. for 比利時 (Bǐ lì shí) (HSK 1)

秀才

xiù cai — 1. a person who has passed the county level imperial exam (historical) 2. scholar 3. skillful writer 4. fine talent

長三

cháng sān — (old) high-class prostitute

輩

bèi — 1. lifetime 2. generation 3. group of people 4. class 5. classifier for generations 6. (literary) classifier for people (HSK 5)

呢

ne — 1. (sentence-final particle) used in questions to link back to prior discourse or context ("what about...?", "and...?") 2. (sentence-final particle) indicating that a state or situation still holds 3. (discourse particle) used to mark a slight pause or emphasis in speech (HSK 1)

其

qí — 1. his 2. her 3. its 4. their 5. that 6. such 7. it (refers to sth preceding it) (HSK 5)

時

Shí — surname Shi (HSK 3)

幾個

jǐ ge — 1. a few 2. several 3. how many

旁聽

páng tīng — 1. to sit in on (proceedings) 2. to be present at a meeting as an observer 3. to audit (a class)

人

rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)

倒

dǎo — 1. to fall; to collapse; to lie horizontally 2. to fail; to go bankrupt 3. to overthrow 4. to change (trains or buses) 5. to move around 6. to resell at a profit (HSK 2)

也

Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)

肅然

sù rán — 1. respectful 2. solemn 3. awed

的

de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

有些

yǒu xiē — 1. some 2. somewhat; rather; a bit

起敬

qǐ jìng — to feel respect

了

le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)

那知

nǎ zhī — variant of 哪知 (nǎ zhī)

道

dào — 1. road; path (classifier: 條 (tiáo), 股 (gǔ)) 2. (bound form) way; reason; principle 3. (bound form) a skill; an art; a specialization 4. (Daoism) the Way; the Dao 5. to say (introducing a direct quotation, as in a novel) 6. (bound form) to express; to extend (polite words) 7. classifier for long thin things (rivers, cracks, shadows etc), barriers (walls, doors etc), questions (in an exam etc), commands, courses in a meal, steps in a process 8. (old) circuit (administrative division) (HSK 2)

第二天

dì èr tiān — 1. next day 2. the morrow

地保

dì bǎo — (old) local constable

便

biàn — 1. plain 2. informal 3. suitable 4. convenient 5. opportune 6. to urinate or defecate 7. equivalent to 就 (jiù): then 8. in that case 9. even if 10. soon afterwards (HSK 6)

叫

jiào — 1. to shout 2. to call 3. to order 4. to ask 5. to be called 6. by (indicates agent in the passive mood) (HSK 1)

阿Q

Ā Q — Ah Q, antihero of Lu Xun's influential 1921 novella "The True Story of Ah Q" 阿Q正傳[A1 Q Zheng4 zhuan4] ("Q" here is typically pronounced as (kiū) or (qiū))

到

dào — 1. to reach; to arrive 2. to leave for; to go to 3. to (a place); until (a time); up to (a point) 4. (verb complement indicating arriving at a place or reaching a point) 5. considerate; thoughtful; thorough (HSK 1)

趙

Zhào — 1. surname Zhao 2. one of the seven states during the Warring States period (476–220 BC) 3. the Former Zhao 前趙 (Qián Zhào) (304–329) and Later Zhao 後趙 (Hòu Zhào) (319–350), states of the Sixteen Kingdoms

太爺

tài yé — 1. (respectful for) one's grandfather 2. sb's father 3. older people 4. the head of the house (used by servants) 5. a district magistrate

家

jiā — 1. home 2. family 3. (polite) my (sister, uncle etc) 4. classifier for families or businesses 5. refers to the philosophical schools of pre-Han China 6. noun suffix for a specialist in some activity, such as a musician or revolutionary, corresponding to English -ist, -er, -ary or -ian 7. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 1)

裏

lǐ — variant of 裡 (lǐ) (HSK 1)

去

qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)

太爺

tài yé — 1. (respectful for) one's grandfather 2. sb's father 3. older people 4. the head of the house (used by servants) 5. a district magistrate

一

yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)

見

jiàn — 1. to see 2. to meet 3. to appear (to be sth) 4. to interview 5. opinion 6. view (HSK 1)

滿臉

mǎn liǎn — across one's whole face

濺

jiàn — to splash (HSK 7-9)

朱

Zhū — surname Zhu

喝道

hè dào — 1. to shout (i.e. to say in a loud voice) (usually followed by the words shouted) 2. (old) (of yamen bailiffs etc) to walk ahead of an official, shouting at pedestrians to clear the way

第二，立传的通例，开首大抵该是『某，字某，某地人也』，而我并不知道阿Q姓什么。有一回，他似乎是姓赵，但第二日便模糊了。那是赵太爷的儿子进了秀才的时候，锣声铛铛的报到村里来，阿Q正喝了两碗黄酒，便手舞足蹈的说，这于他也很光采，因为他和赵太爷原来是本家，细细的排起来他还比秀才长三辈呢。其时几个旁听人倒也肃然的有些起敬了。那知道第二天，地保便叫阿Q到赵太爷家里去；太爷一见，满脸溅朱，喝道：

『阿Q，你這渾小子！"Ah Q, you wretched fool!你說我是你的本家麽？』You say I'm one of your own clan?"

阿Q

Ā Q — Ah Q, antihero of Lu Xun's influential 1921 novella "The True Story of Ah Q" 阿Q正傳[A1 Q Zheng4 zhuan4] ("Q" here is typically pronounced as (kiū) or (qiū))

你

nǐ — you (informal, as opposed to courteous 您 (nín)) (HSK 1)

這

zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)

渾小子

hún xiǎo zi — (derog.) young hooligan (sometimes said in jest)

你

nǐ — you (informal, as opposed to courteous 您 (nín)) (HSK 1)

說

shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)

我

wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)

是

shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)

你

nǐ — you (informal, as opposed to courteous 您 (nín)) (HSK 1)

的

de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

本家

běn jiā — 1. a member of the same clan 2. a distant relative with the same family name

麽

me — variant of 麼 (me)

『阿Q，你这浑小子！你说我是你的本家么？』

阿Q不開口。Ah Q said nothing.

阿Q

Ā Q — Ah Q, antihero of Lu Xun's influential 1921 novella "The True Story of Ah Q" 阿Q正傳[A1 Q Zheng4 zhuan4] ("Q" here is typically pronounced as (kiū) or (qiū))

不

bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)

開口

kāi kǒu — 1. to open one's mouth 2. to start to talk (HSK 7-9)

阿Q不开口。

趙太爺愈看愈生氣了，搶進幾步說：『你敢胡說！The angrier old Mr. Zhao grew the more he looked at him, and he strode forward several steps, saying, "How dare you talk such nonsense!我怎麽會有你這樣的本家？How could I possibly have a clansman like you?你姓趙麽？』Is your surname really Zhao?"

趙

Zhào — 1. surname Zhao 2. one of the seven states during the Warring States period (476–220 BC) 3. the Former Zhao 前趙 (Qián Zhào) (304–329) and Later Zhao 後趙 (Hòu Zhào) (319–350), states of the Sixteen Kingdoms

太爺

tài yé — 1. (respectful for) one's grandfather 2. sb's father 3. older people 4. the head of the house (used by servants) 5. a district magistrate

愈

yù — 1. the more...(the more...) 2. to recover 3. to heal 4. better

看

kān — 1. to look after 2. to take care of 3. to watch 4. to guard (HSK 1)

愈

yù — 1. the more...(the more...) 2. to recover 3. to heal 4. better

生氣

shēng qì — 1. to get angry; to be furious 2. vitality; liveliness (HSK 1)

了

le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)

搶

qiāng — 1. (literary) to knock against (esp. to knock one's head on the ground in grief or rage) 2. opposite in direction; contrary (HSK 5)

進

jìn — 1. to go forward 2. to advance 3. to go in 4. to enter 5. to put in 6. to submit 7. to take in 8. to admit 9. (math.) base of a number system 10. classifier for sections in a building or residential compound (HSK 1)

幾

jī — (literary) almost (HSK 1)

步

Bù — surname Bu (HSK 3)

說

shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)

你

nǐ — you (informal, as opposed to courteous 您 (nín)) (HSK 1)

敢

gǎn — 1. to dare 2. daring 3. (polite) may I venture (HSK 3)

胡說

hú shuō — 1. to talk nonsense 2. drivel (HSK 7-9)

我

wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)

怎麽

zěn me — variant of 怎麼 (zěn me) (HSK 1)

會

huì — 1. can; to have the skill; to know how to 2. to be likely to; to be sure to 3. to meet; to get together 4. meeting; gathering 5. (suffix) union; group; association 6. (bound form) a moment (Taiwan pr. (huǐ)) (HSK 1)

有

yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)

你

nǐ — you (informal, as opposed to courteous 您 (nín)) (HSK 1)

這樣

zhè yàng — 1. this way; like this; so 2. (before a noun) this kind of; such (HSK 2)

的

de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

本家

běn jiā — 1. a member of the same clan 2. a distant relative with the same family name

你

nǐ — you (informal, as opposed to courteous 您 (nín)) (HSK 1)

姓

xìng — 1. family name; surname 2. to be surnamed ... (HSK 2)

趙

Zhào — 1. surname Zhao 2. one of the seven states during the Warring States period (476–220 BC) 3. the Former Zhao 前趙 (Qián Zhào) (304–329) and Later Zhao 後趙 (Hòu Zhào) (319–350), states of the Sixteen Kingdoms

麽

me — variant of 麼 (me)

赵太爷愈看愈生气了，抢进几步说：『你敢胡说！我怎么会有你这样的本家？你姓赵么？』

阿Q不開口，想往後退了；Ah Q said nothing, and thought of backing away;趙太爺跳過去，給了他一個嘴巴。Old Mr. Zhao sprang forward and gave him a slap across the face.

阿Q

Ā Q — Ah Q, antihero of Lu Xun's influential 1921 novella "The True Story of Ah Q" 阿Q正傳[A1 Q Zheng4 zhuan4] ("Q" here is typically pronounced as (kiū) or (qiū))

不

bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)

開口

kāi kǒu — 1. to open one's mouth 2. to start to talk (HSK 7-9)

想

xiǎng — 1. to think (about) 2. to think of; to devise 3. to think (that); to believe (that) 4. to desire; to want (to) 5. to miss (feel wistful about the absence of) (HSK 1)

往後

wǎng hòu — 1. from now on 2. in the future 3. time to come (HSK 6)

退

tuì — 1. to retreat; to withdraw 2. to reject; to return (sth) 3. to decline (HSK 3)

了

le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)

趙

Zhào — 1. surname Zhao 2. one of the seven states during the Warring States period (476–220 BC) 3. the Former Zhao 前趙 (Qián Zhào) (304–329) and Later Zhao 後趙 (Hòu Zhào) (319–350), states of the Sixteen Kingdoms

太爺

tài yé — 1. (respectful for) one's grandfather 2. sb's father 3. older people 4. the head of the house (used by servants) 5. a district magistrate

跳過

tiào guò — 1. to jump over 2. to skip (a step, chapter etc)

去

qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)

給

gěi — 1. to 2. for 3. for the benefit of 4. to give 5. to allow 6. to do sth (for sb) 7. (grammatical equivalent of 被) 8. (grammatical equivalent of 把) 9. (sentence intensifier) (HSK 1)

了

le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)

他

tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)

一個

yī ge — 1. a; an; one 2. the whole (afternoon, summer vacation etc)

嘴巴

zuǐ ba — 1. mouth (classifier: 張 (zhāng)) 2. slap in the face (HSK 4)

阿Q不开口，想往后退了；赵太爷跳过去，给了他一个嘴巴。

『你怎麽會姓趙！——你那裏配姓趙！』"How could you possibly be surnamed Zhao!—How could the likes of you be worthy of the name Zhao!"

你

nǐ — you (informal, as opposed to courteous 您 (nín)) (HSK 1)

怎麽

zěn me — variant of 怎麼 (zěn me) (HSK 1)

會

huì — 1. can; to have the skill; to know how to 2. to be likely to; to be sure to 3. to meet; to get together 4. meeting; gathering 5. (suffix) union; group; association 6. (bound form) a moment (Taiwan pr. (huǐ)) (HSK 1)

姓

xìng — 1. family name; surname 2. to be surnamed ... (HSK 2)

趙

Zhào — 1. surname Zhao 2. one of the seven states during the Warring States period (476–220 BC) 3. the Former Zhao 前趙 (Qián Zhào) (304–329) and Later Zhao 後趙 (Hòu Zhào) (319–350), states of the Sixteen Kingdoms

你

nǐ — you (informal, as opposed to courteous 您 (nín)) (HSK 1)

那裏

nà li — there; that place (HSK 1)

配

pèi — 1. to join 2. to fit 3. to mate 4. to mix 5. to match 6. to deserve 7. to make up (a prescription) 8. to allocate (HSK 3)

姓

xìng — 1. family name; surname 2. to be surnamed ... (HSK 2)

趙

Zhào — 1. surname Zhao 2. one of the seven states during the Warring States period (476–220 BC) 3. the Former Zhao 前趙 (Qián Zhào) (304–329) and Later Zhao 後趙 (Hòu Zhào) (319–350), states of the Sixteen Kingdoms

『你怎么会姓赵！——你那里配姓赵！』

阿Q並沒有抗辯他確鑿姓趙，只用手摸着左頰，和地保退出去了；Ah Q made no attempt to argue that he was truly surnamed Zhao; he simply put his hand to his left cheek and withdrew together with the bailiff;外面又被地保訓斥了一番，謝了地保二百文酒錢。Outside, he was given another scolding by the bailiff, and had to pay him two hundred coppers as thanks for his trouble.知道的人都說阿Q太荒唐，自己去招打；Those who heard of it all said Ah Q was too absurd, bringing a beating upon himself;他大約未必姓趙，卽使眞姓趙，有趙太爺在這裏，也不該如此胡說的。He probably was not really surnamed Zhao, and even if he truly were, with old Mr. Zhao living right there, he certainly ought not to have talked such nonsense.此後便再沒有人提起他的氏族來，所以我終於不知道阿Q究竟什麽姓。After that no one ever again brought up the matter of his clan, and so in the end I have no way of knowing just what Ah Q's surname really was.

阿Q

Ā Q — Ah Q, antihero of Lu Xun's influential 1921 novella "The True Story of Ah Q" 阿Q正傳[A1 Q Zheng4 zhuan4] ("Q" here is typically pronounced as (kiū) or (qiū))

並

bìng — 1. and 2. furthermore 3. also 4. together with 5. (not) at all 6. simultaneously 7. to combine 8. to join 9. to merge (HSK 3)

沒有

méi yǒu — 1. haven't 2. hasn't 3. doesn't exist 4. to not have 5. to not be (HSK 1)

抗辯

kàng biàn — 1. to counter accusations 2. to protest 3. to remonstrate 4. to retort 5. to plead 6. to demur 7. a plea (of not guilty) 8. a defense (against an allegation) 9. to enter a plea to a charge (in a law court)

他

tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)

確鑿

què záo — 1. definite 2. conclusive 3. undeniable 4. authentic 5. also pr. (què zuò) (HSK 7-9)

姓

xìng — 1. family name; surname 2. to be surnamed ... (HSK 2)

趙

Zhào — 1. surname Zhao 2. one of the seven states during the Warring States period (476–220 BC) 3. the Former Zhao 前趙 (Qián Zhào) (304–329) and Later Zhao 後趙 (Hòu Zhào) (319–350), states of the Sixteen Kingdoms

只

zhī — variant of 隻 (zhī) (HSK 2)

用

yòng — 1. to use; to make use of; to employ 2. (coverb) with; using 3. to need; to have to (usu. used in the negative or in questions) 4. usefulness; utility 5. (bound form) expense; outlay 6. (courteous) to eat; to drink 7. (literary) hence; therefore (HSK 1)

手

shǒu — 1. hand 2. (formal) to hold 3. person engaged in certain types of work 4. person skilled in certain types of work 5. personal(ly) 6. convenient 7. classifier for skill 8. classifier: 雙 (shuāng), 隻 (zhī) (HSK 1)

摸

mō — 1. to feel with the hand 2. to touch 3. to stroke 4. to grope 5. to steal 6. to abstract (HSK 4)

着

zhāo — variant of 著 (zhāo) (HSK 1)

左

Zuǒ — surname Zuo (HSK 1)

頰

jiá — cheeks

和

Hé — surname He (HSK 1)

地保

dì bǎo — (old) local constable

退出

tuì chū — 1. to withdraw 2. to abort 3. to quit 4. to log out (computing) (HSK 3)

去

qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)

了

le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)

外面

wài miàn — 1. outside (also pr. (wài mian) for this sense) 2. surface 3. exterior 4. external appearance (HSK 3)

又

yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)

被

bèi — 1. quilt 2. to cover (with) 3. (literary) to suffer (a misfortune) 4. used to indicate passive voice (placed before the doer of the action like "by" in English passive-voice sentences, or, if the doer is not mentioned, before the verb) 5. (since c. 2009) (sarcastic or jocular) used to indicate that the following word should be regarded as being in air quotes (as in 被旅遊[bei4 lu : 3 you2] to "go on a trip") (HSK 3)

地保

dì bǎo — (old) local constable

訓斥

xùn chì — 1. to reprimand 2. to rebuke 3. to berate 4. stern criticism

了

le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)

一

yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)

番

Pān — surname Pan (HSK 6)

謝

Xiè — surname Xie

了

le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)

地保

dì bǎo — (old) local constable

二

èr — 1. two 2. 2 3. (Beijing dialect) stupid (HSK 1)

百

Bǎi — surname Bai (HSK 1)

文

Wén — surname Wen (HSK 7-9)

酒錢

jiǔ qián — tip

知道

zhī dào — 1. to know; to become aware of 2. also pr. (zhī dao) (HSK 1)

的

de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

人

rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)

都

Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)

說

shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)

阿Q

Ā Q — Ah Q, antihero of Lu Xun's influential 1921 novella "The True Story of Ah Q" 阿Q正傳[A1 Q Zheng4 zhuan4] ("Q" here is typically pronounced as (kiū) or (qiū))

太

tài — 1. highest 2. greatest 3. too (much) 4. very 5. extremely (HSK 1)

荒唐

huāng táng — 1. beyond belief 2. preposterous 3. absurd 4. intemperate 5. dissipated

自己

zì jǐ — oneself; (attributive) one's own (HSK 2)

去

qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)

招打

zhāo dǎ — to ask for a beating

他

tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)

大約

dà yuē — 1. approximately 2. probably (HSK 3)

未必

wèi bì — 1. not necessarily 2. maybe not (HSK 4)

姓

xìng — 1. family name; surname 2. to be surnamed ... (HSK 2)

趙

Zhào — 1. surname Zhao 2. one of the seven states during the Warring States period (476–220 BC) 3. the Former Zhao 前趙 (Qián Zhào) (304–329) and Later Zhao 後趙 (Hòu Zhào) (319–350), states of the Sixteen Kingdoms

卽

jí — 1. variant of 即 (jí) 2. promptly

使

shǐ — 1. to make 2. to cause 3. to enable 4. to use 5. to employ 6. to send 7. to instruct sb to do sth 8. envoy 9. messenger (HSK 3)

眞

zhēn — variant of 真 (zhēn)

姓

xìng — 1. family name; surname 2. to be surnamed ... (HSK 2)

趙

Zhào — 1. surname Zhao 2. one of the seven states during the Warring States period (476–220 BC) 3. the Former Zhao 前趙 (Qián Zhào) (304–329) and Later Zhao 後趙 (Hòu Zhào) (319–350), states of the Sixteen Kingdoms

有

yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)

趙

Zhào — 1. surname Zhao 2. one of the seven states during the Warring States period (476–220 BC) 3. the Former Zhao 前趙 (Qián Zhào) (304–329) and Later Zhao 後趙 (Hòu Zhào) (319–350), states of the Sixteen Kingdoms

太爺

tài yé — 1. (respectful for) one's grandfather 2. sb's father 3. older people 4. the head of the house (used by servants) 5. a district magistrate

在

zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)

這裏

zhè lǐ — variant of 這裡 (zhè lǐ) (HSK 1)

也

Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)

不該

bù gāi — 1. should not 2. to owe nothing

如此

rú cǐ — like this; so; such (HSK 5)

胡說

hú shuō — 1. to talk nonsense 2. drivel (HSK 7-9)

的

de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

此後

cǐ hòu — 1. after this 2. afterwards 3. hereafter (HSK 5)

便

biàn — 1. plain 2. informal 3. suitable 4. convenient 5. opportune 6. to urinate or defecate 7. equivalent to 就 (jiù): then 8. in that case 9. even if 10. soon afterwards (HSK 6)

再

zài — 1. again; once more; re- 2. further; beyond this point of time 3. (before an adjective) more 4. then (after sth, and not until then) 5. no matter how ... (followed by an adjective or verb, and then (usually) 也 (yě) or 都 (dōu) for emphasis) 6. (used to introduce additional information, as in 再則 (zài zé), 再就是 (zài jiù shì) etc) 7. (literary) to reappear; to reoccur (HSK 1)

沒有

méi yǒu — 1. haven't 2. hasn't 3. doesn't exist 4. to not have 5. to not be (HSK 1)

人

rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)

提起

tí qǐ — 1. to mention; to bring up 2. (lit. and fig.) to lift; to raise 3. to initiate (legal proceedings) (HSK 5)

他

tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)

的

de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

氏族

shì zú — clan

來

lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)

所以

suǒ yǐ — 1. therefore 2. as a result 3. so 4. the reason why (HSK 2)

我

wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)

終於

zhōng yú — 1. at last 2. in the end 3. finally 4. eventually (HSK 3)

不知

bù zhī — 1. not to know 2. unaware 3. unknowingly 4. fig. not to admit (defeat, hardships, tiredness etc) (HSK 7-9)

道

dào — 1. road; path (classifier: 條 (tiáo), 股 (gǔ)) 2. (bound form) way; reason; principle 3. (bound form) a skill; an art; a specialization 4. (Daoism) the Way; the Dao 5. to say (introducing a direct quotation, as in a novel) 6. (bound form) to express; to extend (polite words) 7. classifier for long thin things (rivers, cracks, shadows etc), barriers (walls, doors etc), questions (in an exam etc), commands, courses in a meal, steps in a process 8. (old) circuit (administrative division) (HSK 2)

阿Q

Ā Q — Ah Q, antihero of Lu Xun's influential 1921 novella "The True Story of Ah Q" 阿Q正傳[A1 Q Zheng4 zhuan4] ("Q" here is typically pronounced as (kiū) or (qiū))

究竟

jiū jìng — 1. to go to the bottom of a matter 2. after all 3. when all is said and done 4. (in an interrogative sentence) finally 5. outcome 6. result (HSK 4)

什

shén — what

麽

me — variant of 麼 (me)

姓

xìng — 1. family name; surname 2. to be surnamed ... (HSK 2)

阿Q并没有抗辩他确凿姓赵，只用手摸着左颊，和地保退出去了；外面又被地保训斥了一番，谢了地保二百文酒钱。知道的人都说阿Q太荒唐，自己去招打；他大约未必姓赵，即使真姓赵，有赵太爷在这里，也不该如此胡说的。此后便再没有人提起他的氏族来，所以我终于不知道阿Q究竟什么姓。

第三，我又不知道阿Q的名字是怎麽寫的。Third, I also do not know how Ah Q's given name ought to be written.他活着的時候，人都叫他阿Quei，死了以後，便沒有一個人再叫阿Quei了，那里還會有『著之竹帛』的事。While he was alive, everyone called him Ah Quei; once he was dead, no one ever called him Ah Quei again, so there was certainly never any occasion for his name to be "set down in bamboo and silk."若論『著之竹帛』，這篇文章要算第一次，所以先遇着了這第一個難關。If it comes to being "set down in bamboo and silk," this piece of writing must count as the very first instance, and so I ran into this very first difficulty right away.我曾經仔細想：阿Quei，阿桂還是阿貴呢？I once thought it over very carefully: was it Ah Quei, written as Ah Gui (桂, "cassia") or Ah Gui (貴, "precious")?倘使他號叫月亭，或者在八月間做過生日，那一定是阿桂了；Had he gone by the courtesy name Yueting ("Moon Pavilion"), or had he once celebrated a birthday sometime in the eighth month, then it would certainly have been Ah Gui (桂, "cassia," associated with the moon);而他旣沒有號——也許有號，只是沒有人知道他，——又未嘗散過生日徵文的帖子：寫作阿桂，是武斷的。But since he had no courtesy name at all—or perhaps he did have one, only no one knew of it—and had certainly never sent out invitations soliciting birthday tributes, writing it as Ah Gui (桂) would be arbitrary.又倘若他有一位老兄或令弟叫阿富，那一定是阿貴了；Again, had he had an elder or younger brother named Ah Fu ("wealth"), then it would certainly have been Ah Gui (貴, "precious," paired with "wealth");而他又只是一個人：寫作阿貴，也沒有佐證的。But he was entirely alone in the world: so writing it as Ah Gui (貴) also has no evidence to support it.其餘音Quei的偏僻字樣，更加湊不上了。As for the remaining obscure characters pronounced "Quei," none of them fit any better.先前，我也曾問過趙太爺的兒子茂才先生，誰料博雅如此公，竟也茫然，但據結論說，是因爲陳獨秀辦了新青年提倡洋字，所以國粹淪亡，無可查考了。Earlier, I had once put the question to old Mr. Zhao's son, the accomplished Mr. Maocai; who would have thought that even so learned and erudite a gentleman as he would be at a total loss—though his final conclusion was that it was all because Chen Duxiu had started New Youth and promoted Western letters, so that the national essence had been lost, and there was simply no way left to look such things up.我的最後的手段，只有托一個同鄉去查阿Q犯事的案卷，八個月之後纔有回信，說案卷裏並無與阿Quei的聲音相近的人。My very last resort was to ask a fellow townsman to search through the court records of Ah Q's case; eight months later I finally got a reply, saying that in the records there was no one whose name sounded anything like "Ah Quei."我雖不知道是眞沒有，還是沒有查，然而也再沒有別的方法了。Whether there truly was no such name, or whether the search simply had not been made, I could not tell, but in any case there was no other method left to try.生怕注音字母還未通行，只好用了『洋字』，照英國流行的拼法寫他爲阿Quei，略作阿Q。Fearing that the phonetic alphabet was still not in general use, I had no choice but to use "Western letters," writing his name, according to the spelling conventions current in England, as Ah Quei, abbreviated as Ah Q.這近于盲從新青年，自己也很抱歉，但茂才公尚且不知，我還有什麽好辦法呢。This comes rather close to blindly following New Youth, and I am rather ashamed of it myself, but if even the accomplished Mr. Maocai did not know, what better method could I possibly have?

第

dì — 1. (prefix indicating ordinal number, as in 第六 (dì liù) "sixth") 2. (literary) grades in which successful candidates in the imperial examinations were placed 3. (old) residence of a high official 4. (literary) but; however 5. (literary) only; just

三

Sān — surname San (HSK 1)

我

wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)

又

yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)

不知

bù zhī — 1. not to know 2. unaware 3. unknowingly 4. fig. not to admit (defeat, hardships, tiredness etc) (HSK 7-9)

道

dào — 1. road; path (classifier: 條 (tiáo), 股 (gǔ)) 2. (bound form) way; reason; principle 3. (bound form) a skill; an art; a specialization 4. (Daoism) the Way; the Dao 5. to say (introducing a direct quotation, as in a novel) 6. (bound form) to express; to extend (polite words) 7. classifier for long thin things (rivers, cracks, shadows etc), barriers (walls, doors etc), questions (in an exam etc), commands, courses in a meal, steps in a process 8. (old) circuit (administrative division) (HSK 2)

阿Q

Ā Q — Ah Q, antihero of Lu Xun's influential 1921 novella "The True Story of Ah Q" 阿Q正傳[A1 Q Zheng4 zhuan4] ("Q" here is typically pronounced as (kiū) or (qiū))

的

de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

名字

míng zi — name (of a person or thing) (HSK 1)

是

shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)

怎麽

zěn me — variant of 怎麼 (zěn me) (HSK 1)

寫

xiě — to write (HSK 1)

的

de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

他

tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)

活着

huó zhe — alive

的

de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

時候

shí hou — 1. time 2. length of time 3. moment 4. period (HSK 1)

人

rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)

都

Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)

叫

jiào — 1. to shout 2. to call 3. to order 4. to ask 5. to be called 6. by (indicates agent in the passive mood) (HSK 1)

他

tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)

阿Q

Ā Q — Ah Q, antihero of Lu Xun's influential 1921 novella "The True Story of Ah Q" 阿Q正傳[A1 Q Zheng4 zhuan4] ("Q" here is typically pronounced as (kiū) or (qiū))

死

sǐ — 1. to die 2. impassable 3. uncrossable 4. inflexible 5. rigid 6. extremely 7. damned (HSK 3)

了

le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)

以後

yǐ hòu — 1. after 2. later 3. afterwards 4. following 5. later on 6. in the future (HSK 2)

便

biàn — 1. plain 2. informal 3. suitable 4. convenient 5. opportune 6. to urinate or defecate 7. equivalent to 就 (jiù): then 8. in that case 9. even if 10. soon afterwards (HSK 6)

沒有

méi yǒu — 1. haven't 2. hasn't 3. doesn't exist 4. to not have 5. to not be (HSK 1)

一個人

yī gè rén — 1. by oneself (without assistance) 2. alone (without company)

再

zài — 1. again; once more; re- 2. further; beyond this point of time 3. (before an adjective) more 4. then (after sth, and not until then) 5. no matter how ... (followed by an adjective or verb, and then (usually) 也 (yě) or 都 (dōu) for emphasis) 6. (used to introduce additional information, as in 再則 (zài zé), 再就是 (zài jiù shì) etc) 7. (literary) to reappear; to reoccur (HSK 1)

叫

jiào — 1. to shout 2. to call 3. to order 4. to ask 5. to be called 6. by (indicates agent in the passive mood) (HSK 1)

阿Q

Ā Q — Ah Q, antihero of Lu Xun's influential 1921 novella "The True Story of Ah Q" 阿Q正傳[A1 Q Zheng4 zhuan4] ("Q" here is typically pronounced as (kiū) or (qiū))

了

le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)

那里

nà li — there; that place (HSK 1)

還

Huán — surname Huan (HSK 1)

會

huì — 1. can; to have the skill; to know how to 2. to be likely to; to be sure to 3. to meet; to get together 4. meeting; gathering 5. (suffix) union; group; association 6. (bound form) a moment (Taiwan pr. (huǐ)) (HSK 1)

有

yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)

著

zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)

之

zhī — 1. (possessive particle, literary equivalent of 的 (de)) 2. him 3. her 4. it (HSK 7-9)

竹帛

zhú bó — bamboo and silk writing materials (before paper)

的

de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

事

shì — 1. matter 2. thing 3. item 4. work 5. affair 6. classifier: 件 (jiàn), 樁 (zhuāng), 回 (huí) (HSK 1)

若

rě — 1. used in 般若 (bō rě) 2. used in 蘭若 (lán rě) (HSK 6)

論

Lún — abbr. for 論語 (Lún yǔ), The Analects (of Confucius)

著

zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)

之

zhī — 1. (possessive particle, literary equivalent of 的 (de)) 2. him 3. her 4. it (HSK 7-9)

竹帛

zhú bó — bamboo and silk writing materials (before paper)

這

zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)

篇

piān — 1. sheet 2. piece of writing 3. bound set of bamboo slips used for record keeping (old) 4. classifier for written items: chapter, article (HSK 2)

文章

wén zhāng — 1. article 2. essay 3. literary works 4. writings 5. hidden meaning 6. classifier: 篇 (piān), 段 (duàn), 頁 (yè) (HSK 3)

要

yāo — (bound form) to demand; to coerce (HSK 1)

算

suàn — 1. to calculate; to figure out 2. to include; to count in 3. to count; to be valid; to carry weight 4. to regard as; to consider (to be ...) (HSK 2)

第一次

dì yī cì — the first time; for the first time

所以

suǒ yǐ — 1. therefore 2. as a result 3. so 4. the reason why (HSK 2)

先

xiān — 1. beforehand; first; earlier 2. at first; originally 3. for the time being; for now 4. (prefix) my late (in referring to deceased relatives older than oneself) (HSK 1)

遇

Yù — surname Yu (HSK 4)

着

zhāo — variant of 著 (zhāo) (HSK 1)

了

le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)

這

zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)

第一

dì yī — 1. first 2. most important; primary; foremost

個

gě — used in 自個兒 (zì gě r) (HSK 1)

難關

nán guān — 1. difficulty 2. crisis (HSK 7-9)

我

wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)

曾經

céng jīng — 1. once 2. already 3. former 4. previously 5. ever 6. (past tense marker used before verb or clause) (HSK 3)

仔細

zǐ xì — 1. careful; attentive; cautious 2. to be careful; to look out 3. (dialect) thrifty; frugal (HSK 5)

想

xiǎng — 1. to think (about) 2. to think of; to devise 3. to think (that); to believe (that) 4. to desire; to want (to) 5. to miss (feel wistful about the absence of) (HSK 1)

阿Q

Ā Q — Ah Q, antihero of Lu Xun's influential 1921 novella "The True Story of Ah Q" 阿Q正傳[A1 Q Zheng4 zhuan4] ("Q" here is typically pronounced as (kiū) or (qiū))

阿

ā — 1. prefix used before monosyllabic names, kinship terms etc to indicate familiarity 2. used in transliteration 3. (bound form) Afghanistan (abbr. for 阿富汗 (Ā fù hàn)) 4. (bound form) Albania (abbr. for 阿爾巴尼亞 (Ā ěr bā ní yà)) 5. (bound form) Algeria (abbr. for 阿爾及利亞 (Ā ěr jí lì yà)) 6. (bound form) Argentina (abbr. for 阿根廷 (Ā gēn tíng)) 7. also pr. (à)

桂

Guì — 1. surname Gui 2. abbr. for Guangxi Autonomous Region 廣西壯族自治區 (Guǎng xī Zhuàng zú Zì zhì qū)

還是

hái shi — 1. still (as before) 2. had better 3. unexpectedly 4. or (HSK 1)

阿

ā — 1. prefix used before monosyllabic names, kinship terms etc to indicate familiarity 2. used in transliteration 3. (bound form) Afghanistan (abbr. for 阿富汗 (Ā fù hàn)) 4. (bound form) Albania (abbr. for 阿爾巴尼亞 (Ā ěr bā ní yà)) 5. (bound form) Algeria (abbr. for 阿爾及利亞 (Ā ěr jí lì yà)) 6. (bound form) Argentina (abbr. for 阿根廷 (Ā gēn tíng)) 7. also pr. (à)

貴

Guì — short name for Guizhou 貴州 (Guì zhōu) (HSK 1)

呢

ne — 1. (sentence-final particle) used in questions to link back to prior discourse or context ("what about...?", "and...?") 2. (sentence-final particle) indicating that a state or situation still holds 3. (discourse particle) used to mark a slight pause or emphasis in speech (HSK 1)

倘

cháng — used in 倘佯 (cháng yáng)

使

shǐ — 1. to make 2. to cause 3. to enable 4. to use 5. to employ 6. to send 7. to instruct sb to do sth 8. envoy 9. messenger (HSK 3)

他

tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)

號叫

háo jiào — 1. to howl 2. to yell

月

yuè — 1. moon 2. month 3. monthly 4. classifier: 個 (gè), 輪 (lún) (HSK 1)

亭

tíng — 1. pavilion 2. booth 3. kiosk 4. erect

或者

huò zhě — 1. or 2. possibly; maybe; perhaps (HSK 2)

在

zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)

八月

Bā yuè — 1. August 2. eighth month (of the lunar year)

間

jiān — 1. between 2. among 3. within a definite time or space 4. room 5. section of a room or lateral space between two pairs of pillars 6. classifier for rooms (HSK 1)

做

zuò — 1. to make; to produce 2. to write; to compose 3. to do; to engage in; to hold (a party etc) 4. (of a person) to be (an intermediary, a good student etc); to become (husband and wife, friends etc) 5. (of a thing) to serve as; to be used for 6. to assume (an air or manner) (HSK 1)

過生日

guò shēng rì — to celebrate a birthday

那

Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)

一定

yī dìng — 1. surely; certainly; definitely 2. fixed; settled 3. a certain ...; a given ... (HSK 2)

是

shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)

阿

ā — 1. prefix used before monosyllabic names, kinship terms etc to indicate familiarity 2. used in transliteration 3. (bound form) Afghanistan (abbr. for 阿富汗 (Ā fù hàn)) 4. (bound form) Albania (abbr. for 阿爾巴尼亞 (Ā ěr bā ní yà)) 5. (bound form) Algeria (abbr. for 阿爾及利亞 (Ā ěr jí lì yà)) 6. (bound form) Argentina (abbr. for 阿根廷 (Ā gēn tíng)) 7. also pr. (à)

桂

Guì — 1. surname Gui 2. abbr. for Guangxi Autonomous Region 廣西壯族自治區 (Guǎng xī Zhuàng zú Zì zhì qū)

了

le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)

而

ér — 1. and 2. as well as 3. and so 4. but (not) 5. yet (not) 6. (indicates causal relation) 7. (indicates change of state) 8. (indicates contrast) (HSK 4)

他

tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)

旣

jì — variant of 既 (jì)

沒有

méi yǒu — 1. haven't 2. hasn't 3. doesn't exist 4. to not have 5. to not be (HSK 1)

號

háo — (bound form) to wail; to howl (HSK 1)

也許

yě xǔ — perhaps; maybe (HSK 2)

有

yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)

號

háo — (bound form) to wail; to howl (HSK 1)

只是

zhǐ shì — 1. merely; only; just; nothing but 2. simply 3. but; however (HSK 3)

沒有

méi yǒu — 1. haven't 2. hasn't 3. doesn't exist 4. to not have 5. to not be (HSK 1)

人

rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)

知道

zhī dào — 1. to know; to become aware of 2. also pr. (zhī dao) (HSK 1)

他

tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)

又

yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)

未嘗

wèi cháng — 1. not ever 2. not necessarily

散

sǎn — 1. scattered 2. loose 3. to come loose 4. to fall apart 5. leisurely 6. powdered medicine (HSK 4)

過生日

guò shēng rì — to celebrate a birthday

徵文

zhēng wén — to solicit articles, essays or pieces of literature (on a subject or in commemoration of an event)

的

de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

帖子

tiě zi — 1. card 2. invitation 3. message 4. (forum) post (HSK 7-9)

寫作

xiě zuò — 1. to write 2. to compose 3. writing 4. written works (HSK 3)

阿

ā — 1. prefix used before monosyllabic names, kinship terms etc to indicate familiarity 2. used in transliteration 3. (bound form) Afghanistan (abbr. for 阿富汗 (Ā fù hàn)) 4. (bound form) Albania (abbr. for 阿爾巴尼亞 (Ā ěr bā ní yà)) 5. (bound form) Algeria (abbr. for 阿爾及利亞 (Ā ěr jí lì yà)) 6. (bound form) Argentina (abbr. for 阿根廷 (Ā gēn tíng)) 7. also pr. (à)

桂

Guì — 1. surname Gui 2. abbr. for Guangxi Autonomous Region 廣西壯族自治區 (Guǎng xī Zhuàng zú Zì zhì qū)

是

shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)

武斷

wǔ duàn — 1. arbitrary 2. subjective 3. dogmatic

的

de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

又

yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)

倘若

tǎng ruò — if; supposing; in case (HSK 7-9)

他

tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)

有

yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)

一

yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)

位

wèi — 1. position 2. location 3. place 4. seat 5. classifier for people (honorific) 6. classifier for binary bits (e.g. 十六位 16-bit or 2 bytes) 7. (physics) potential (HSK 2)

老兄

lǎo xiōng — 1. elder brother (often used self-referentially) 2. (form of address between male friends) old chap 3. buddy

或

huò — 1. maybe 2. perhaps 3. might 4. possibly 5. or (HSK 2)

令弟

lìng dì — honorable little brother

叫

jiào — 1. to shout 2. to call 3. to order 4. to ask 5. to be called 6. by (indicates agent in the passive mood) (HSK 1)

阿

ā — 1. prefix used before monosyllabic names, kinship terms etc to indicate familiarity 2. used in transliteration 3. (bound form) Afghanistan (abbr. for 阿富汗 (Ā fù hàn)) 4. (bound form) Albania (abbr. for 阿爾巴尼亞 (Ā ěr bā ní yà)) 5. (bound form) Algeria (abbr. for 阿爾及利亞 (Ā ěr jí lì yà)) 6. (bound form) Argentina (abbr. for 阿根廷 (Ā gēn tíng)) 7. also pr. (à)

富

Fù — surname Fu (HSK 3)

那

Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)

一定

yī dìng — 1. surely; certainly; definitely 2. fixed; settled 3. a certain ...; a given ... (HSK 2)

是

shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)

阿

ā — 1. prefix used before monosyllabic names, kinship terms etc to indicate familiarity 2. used in transliteration 3. (bound form) Afghanistan (abbr. for 阿富汗 (Ā fù hàn)) 4. (bound form) Albania (abbr. for 阿爾巴尼亞 (Ā ěr bā ní yà)) 5. (bound form) Algeria (abbr. for 阿爾及利亞 (Ā ěr jí lì yà)) 6. (bound form) Argentina (abbr. for 阿根廷 (Ā gēn tíng)) 7. also pr. (à)

貴

Guì — short name for Guizhou 貴州 (Guì zhōu) (HSK 1)

了

le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)

而

ér — 1. and 2. as well as 3. and so 4. but (not) 5. yet (not) 6. (indicates causal relation) 7. (indicates change of state) 8. (indicates contrast) (HSK 4)

他

tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)

又

yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)

只是

zhǐ shì — 1. merely; only; just; nothing but 2. simply 3. but; however (HSK 3)

一個人

yī gè rén — 1. by oneself (without assistance) 2. alone (without company)

寫作

xiě zuò — 1. to write 2. to compose 3. writing 4. written works (HSK 3)

阿

ā — 1. prefix used before monosyllabic names, kinship terms etc to indicate familiarity 2. used in transliteration 3. (bound form) Afghanistan (abbr. for 阿富汗 (Ā fù hàn)) 4. (bound form) Albania (abbr. for 阿爾巴尼亞 (Ā ěr bā ní yà)) 5. (bound form) Algeria (abbr. for 阿爾及利亞 (Ā ěr jí lì yà)) 6. (bound form) Argentina (abbr. for 阿根廷 (Ā gēn tíng)) 7. also pr. (à)

貴

Guì — short name for Guizhou 貴州 (Guì zhōu) (HSK 1)

也

Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)

沒有

méi yǒu — 1. haven't 2. hasn't 3. doesn't exist 4. to not have 5. to not be (HSK 1)

佐證

zuǒ zhèng — 1. evidence 2. proof 3. to confirm 4. corroboration

的

de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

其餘

qí yú — 1. the rest 2. the others 3. remaining 4. remainder 5. apart from them (HSK 4)

音

yīn — 1. sound 2. noise 3. note (of musical scale) 4. tone 5. news 6. syllable 7. reading (phonetic value of a character)

的

de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

偏僻

piān pì — 1. remote 2. desolate 3. far from the city (HSK 7-9)

字樣

zì yàng — 1. model or template character 2. written slogan or phrase 3. mention (e.g. "air mail" 航空 on a letter, "first draft" 初稿 on a document etc)

更加

gèng jiā — 1. more (than sth else) 2. even more (HSK 3)

湊

còu — 1. to gather together, pool or collect 2. to happen by chance 3. to move close to 4. to exploit an opportunity (HSK 7-9)

不

bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)

上

shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)

了

le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)

先前

xiān qián — before; previously (HSK 5)

我

wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)

也

Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)

曾

Zēng — surname Zeng (HSK 4)

問

wèn — to ask; to inquire (HSK 1)

過

Guō — surname Guo (HSK 1)

趙

Zhào — 1. surname Zhao 2. one of the seven states during the Warring States period (476–220 BC) 3. the Former Zhao 前趙 (Qián Zhào) (304–329) and Later Zhao 後趙 (Hòu Zhào) (319–350), states of the Sixteen Kingdoms

太爺

tài yé — 1. (respectful for) one's grandfather 2. sb's father 3. older people 4. the head of the house (used by servants) 5. a district magistrate

的

de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

兒子

ér zi — son (HSK 1)

茂才

mào cái — see 秀才 (xiù cai)

先生

xiān sheng — 1. teacher 2. gentleman; sir; mister (Mr.) 3. husband 4. (dialect) doctor 5. classifier: 位 (wèi) (HSK 1)

誰料

shéi liào — 1. who would have thought that 2. who would have expected that

博雅

bó yǎ — learned

如此

rú cǐ — like this; so; such (HSK 5)

公

gōng — 1. public 2. collectively owned 3. common 4. international (e.g. high seas, metric system, calendar) 5. make public 6. fair 7. just 8. Duke, highest of five orders of nobility 五等爵位 (wǔ děng jué wèi) 9. honorable (gentlemen) 10. father-in-law 11. male (animal) (HSK 6)

竟

jìng — 1. unexpectedly 2. actually 3. to go so far as to 4. indeed (HSK 7-9)

也

Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)

茫然

máng rán — 1. blankly 2. vacantly 3. at a loss (HSK 7-9)

但

dàn — 1. but; yet; however; still 2. merely; only; just (HSK 2)

據

jù — 1. according to 2. to act in accordance with 3. to depend on 4. to seize 5. to occupy (HSK 6)

結論

jié lùn — 1. conclusion 2. verdict 3. classifier: 個 (gè) 4. to conclude 5. to reach a verdict (HSK 4)

說

shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)

是

shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)

因

yīn — 1. cause 2. reason 3. because (HSK 6)

爲

wéi — variant of 為 (wéi) (HSK 2)

陳獨秀

Chén Dú xiù — Chen Duxiu (1879-1942), co-founder of the Chinese Communist Party in 1921

辦

bàn — 1. to take care of (a matter); to deal with (a task, procedure etc); to organize (an event) 2. to establish; to set up; to manage; to run (an enterprise) 3. (law) to handle; to investigate; to prosecute (a case or suspect) 4. (bound form) office (as in 招辦 (zhāo bàn), admissions office) (abbr. for 辦公室 (bàn gōng shì)) (HSK 2)

了

le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)

新

Xīn — 1. abbr. for Xinjiang 新疆 (Xīn jiāng) 2. abbr. for Singapore 新加坡 (Xīn jiā pō) 3. surname Xin (HSK 1)

青年

qīng nián — 1. youth 2. youthful years 3. young person 4. the young (HSK 2)

提倡

tí chàng — 1. to promote 2. to advocate (HSK 5)

洋

yáng — 1. ocean 2. vast 3. foreign 4. silver dollar or coin (HSK 6)

字

zì — 1. letter 2. symbol 3. character 4. word 5. classifier: 個 (gè) 6. courtesy or style name traditionally given to males aged 20 in dynastic China (HSK 1)

所以

suǒ yǐ — 1. therefore 2. as a result 3. so 4. the reason why (HSK 2)

國粹

guó cuì — 1. national essence 2. quintessence of national culture

淪亡

lún wáng — 1. (of a country) to perish 2. to be annexed 3. subjugation (to a foreign power)

無可

wú kě — can't

查考

chá kǎo — to examine; to investigate; to try to determine

了

le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)

我

wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)

的

de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

最後

zuì hòu — 1. final; last; ultimate 2. finally; in the end (HSK 1)

的

de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

手段

shǒu duàn — 1. method; way; means (of doing sth) 2. skill; ability 3. trick; wile (HSK 5)

只有

zhǐ yǒu — 1. only have ...; there is only ... 2. (used in combination with 才 (cái)) it is only if ... (that one can ...) (as in 只有通過治療才能痊愈 (zhǐ yǒu tōng guò zhì liáo cái néng quán yù) "the only way to cure it is with therapy") 3. it is only (someone) who ... (as in 只有男性才有此需要 (zhǐ yǒu nán xìng cái yǒu cǐ xū yào) "only men would have such a requirement") 4. (used to express lack of alternatives) can only; have no choice but to (as in 只有屈服 (zhǐ yǒu qū fú) "the only thing you can do is give in") (HSK 3)

托

tuō — 1. to hold up in one's hand; to support with one's palm 2. sth serving as a support: a prop, a rest (e.g. arm rest) 3. (bound form) a shill 4. to ask; to beg; to entrust (variant of 託 (tuō)) 5. torr (unit of pressure) (HSK 6)

一個

yī ge — 1. a; an; one 2. the whole (afternoon, summer vacation etc)

同鄉

tóng xiāng — person from the same village, town, or province

去

qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)

查

Zhā — surname Zha (HSK 2)

阿Q

Ā Q — Ah Q, antihero of Lu Xun's influential 1921 novella "The True Story of Ah Q" 阿Q正傳[A1 Q Zheng4 zhuan4] ("Q" here is typically pronounced as (kiū) or (qiū))

犯事

fàn shì — 1. to break the law 2. to commit a crime

的

de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

案卷

àn juàn — 1. records 2. files 3. archives

八

bā — eight (HSK 1)

個

gě — used in 自個兒 (zì gě r) (HSK 1)

月

yuè — 1. moon 2. month 3. monthly 4. classifier: 個 (gè), 輪 (lún) (HSK 1)

之後

zhī hòu — 1. after; behind 2. (at the beginning of a sentence) afterwards; since then (HSK 4)

纔

cái — 1. (variant of 才 (cái)) just now 2. (variant of 才 (cái)) (before an expression of quantity) only (HSK 2)

有

yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)

回信

huí xìn — 1. to reply 2. to write back 3. letter written in reply 4. classifier: 封 (fēng) (HSK 5)

說

shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)

案卷

àn juàn — 1. records 2. files 3. archives

裏

lǐ — variant of 裡 (lǐ) (HSK 1)

並

bìng — 1. and 2. furthermore 3. also 4. together with 5. (not) at all 6. simultaneously 7. to combine 8. to join 9. to merge (HSK 3)

無

mó — used in 南無 (nā mó) (HSK 4)

與

yú — variant of 歟 (yú) (HSK 6)

阿Q

Ā Q — Ah Q, antihero of Lu Xun's influential 1921 novella "The True Story of Ah Q" 阿Q正傳[A1 Q Zheng4 zhuan4] ("Q" here is typically pronounced as (kiū) or (qiū))

的

de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

聲音

shēng yīn — sound; voice (HSK 2)

相近

xiāng jìn — 1. close 2. similar to

的

de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

人

rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)

我

wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)

雖

suī — 1. although 2. even though (HSK 6)

不知

bù zhī — 1. not to know 2. unaware 3. unknowingly 4. fig. not to admit (defeat, hardships, tiredness etc) (HSK 7-9)

道

dào — 1. road; path (classifier: 條 (tiáo), 股 (gǔ)) 2. (bound form) way; reason; principle 3. (bound form) a skill; an art; a specialization 4. (Daoism) the Way; the Dao 5. to say (introducing a direct quotation, as in a novel) 6. (bound form) to express; to extend (polite words) 7. classifier for long thin things (rivers, cracks, shadows etc), barriers (walls, doors etc), questions (in an exam etc), commands, courses in a meal, steps in a process 8. (old) circuit (administrative division) (HSK 2)

是

shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)

眞

zhēn — variant of 真 (zhēn)

沒有

méi yǒu — 1. haven't 2. hasn't 3. doesn't exist 4. to not have 5. to not be (HSK 1)

還是

hái shi — 1. still (as before) 2. had better 3. unexpectedly 4. or (HSK 1)

沒有

méi yǒu — 1. haven't 2. hasn't 3. doesn't exist 4. to not have 5. to not be (HSK 1)

查

Zhā — surname Zha (HSK 2)

然而

rán ér — however; but; yet (HSK 4)

也

Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)

再

zài — 1. again; once more; re- 2. further; beyond this point of time 3. (before an adjective) more 4. then (after sth, and not until then) 5. no matter how ... (followed by an adjective or verb, and then (usually) 也 (yě) or 都 (dōu) for emphasis) 6. (used to introduce additional information, as in 再則 (zài zé), 再就是 (zài jiù shì) etc) 7. (literary) to reappear; to reoccur (HSK 1)

沒有

méi yǒu — 1. haven't 2. hasn't 3. doesn't exist 4. to not have 5. to not be (HSK 1)

別的

bié de — 1. else 2. other (HSK 1)

方法

fāng fǎ — method; way; technique; procedure (HSK 2)

了

le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)

生怕

shēng pà — 1. to fear 2. afraid 3. extremely nervous 4. for fear that 5. to avoid 6. so as not to (HSK 7-9)

注音字母

zhù yīn zì mǔ — see 注音符號 (zhù yīn fú hào)

還

Huán — surname Huan (HSK 1)

未

wèi — 1. not yet 2. did not 3. have not 4. not 5. 8th earthly branch: 1-3 p.m., 6th solar month (7th July-6th August), year of the Sheep 6. ancient Chinese compass point: 210° (HSK 7-9)

通行

tōng xíng — 1. to go through; to pass through 2. to be in general use (HSK 6)

只好

zhǐ hǎo — to have no other option but to ...; to have to; to be forced to (HSK 3)

用

yòng — 1. to use; to make use of; to employ 2. (coverb) with; using 3. to need; to have to (usu. used in the negative or in questions) 4. usefulness; utility 5. (bound form) expense; outlay 6. (courteous) to eat; to drink 7. (literary) hence; therefore (HSK 1)

了

le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)

洋

yáng — 1. ocean 2. vast 3. foreign 4. silver dollar or coin (HSK 6)

字

zì — 1. letter 2. symbol 3. character 4. word 5. classifier: 個 (gè) 6. courtesy or style name traditionally given to males aged 20 in dynastic China (HSK 1)

照

zhào — 1. according to 2. in accordance with 3. to shine 4. to illuminate 5. to reflect 6. to look at (one's reflection) 7. to take (a photo) 8. photo 9. as requested 10. as before (HSK 3)

英國

Yīng guó — United Kingdom (UK); Britain

流行

liú xíng — 1. (of a contagious disease etc) to spread; to propagate 2. (of a style of clothing, song etc) popular; fashionable (HSK 2)

的

de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

拼法

pīn fǎ — spelling

寫

xiě — to write (HSK 1)

他

tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)

爲

wéi — variant of 為 (wéi) (HSK 2)

阿Q

Ā Q — Ah Q, antihero of Lu Xun's influential 1921 novella "The True Story of Ah Q" 阿Q正傳[A1 Q Zheng4 zhuan4] ("Q" here is typically pronounced as (kiū) or (qiū))

略作

lüè zuò — 1. to be abbreviated to 2. (followed by a verb) slightly

阿Q

Ā Q — Ah Q, antihero of Lu Xun's influential 1921 novella "The True Story of Ah Q" 阿Q正傳[A1 Q Zheng4 zhuan4] ("Q" here is typically pronounced as (kiū) or (qiū))

這

zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)

近

jìn — 1. near 2. close to 3. approximately (HSK 2)

于

Yú — surname Yu (HSK 6)

盲從

máng cóng — 1. to follow blindly 2. to conform slavishly 3. unthinking obedience

新

Xīn — 1. abbr. for Xinjiang 新疆 (Xīn jiāng) 2. abbr. for Singapore 新加坡 (Xīn jiā pō) 3. surname Xin (HSK 1)

青年

qīng nián — 1. youth 2. youthful years 3. young person 4. the young (HSK 2)

自己

zì jǐ — oneself; (attributive) one's own (HSK 2)

也

Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)

很

hěn — 1. very; quite 2. (also, often used before an adjective without intensifying its meaning, i.e. as a meaningless syntactic element) (HSK 1)

抱歉

bào qiàn — 1. to be sorry 2. to feel apologetic 3. sorry! (HSK 6)

但

dàn — 1. but; yet; however; still 2. merely; only; just (HSK 2)

茂才

mào cái — see 秀才 (xiù cai)

公

gōng — 1. public 2. collectively owned 3. common 4. international (e.g. high seas, metric system, calendar) 5. make public 6. fair 7. just 8. Duke, highest of five orders of nobility 五等爵位 (wǔ děng jué wèi) 9. honorable (gentlemen) 10. father-in-law 11. male (animal) (HSK 6)

尚且

shàng qiě — 1. (not) even 2. yet 3. still

不知

bù zhī — 1. not to know 2. unaware 3. unknowingly 4. fig. not to admit (defeat, hardships, tiredness etc) (HSK 7-9)

我

wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)

還有

hái yǒu — 1. there still remain(s); there is (or are) still 2. in addition (HSK 1)

什

shén — what

麽

me — variant of 麼 (me)

好辦

hǎo bàn — easy to do; easy to manage

法

Fǎ — 1. France 2. French 3. abbr. for 法國 (Fǎ guó) 4. Taiwan pr. (Fà) (HSK 4)

呢

ne — 1. (sentence-final particle) used in questions to link back to prior discourse or context ("what about...?", "and...?") 2. (sentence-final particle) indicating that a state or situation still holds 3. (discourse particle) used to mark a slight pause or emphasis in speech (HSK 1)

第三，我又不知道阿Q的名字是怎么写的。他活着的时候，人都叫他阿Quei，死了以后，便没有一个人再叫阿Quei了，那里还会有『著之竹帛』的事。若论『著之竹帛』，这篇文章要算第一次，所以先遇着了这第一个难关。我曾经仔细想：阿Quei，阿桂还是阿贵呢？倘使他号叫月亭，或者在八月间做过生日，那一定是阿桂了；而他既没有号——也许有号，只是没有人知道他，——又未尝散过生日征文的帖子：写作阿桂，是武断的。又倘若他有一位老兄或令弟叫阿富，那一定是阿贵了；而他又只是一个人：写作阿贵，也没有佐证的。其余音Quei的偏僻字样，更加凑不上了。先前，我也曾问过赵太爷的儿子茂才先生，谁料博雅如此公，竟也茫然，但据结论说，是因为陈独秀办了新青年提倡洋字，所以国粹沦亡，无可查考了。我的最后的手段，只有托一个同乡去查阿Q犯事的案卷，八个月之后才有回信，说案卷里并无与阿Quei的声音相近的人。我虽不知道是真没有，还是没有查，然而也再没有别的方法了。生怕注音字母还未通行，只好用了『洋字』，照英国流行的拼法写他为阿Quei，略作阿Q。这近于盲从新青年，自己也很抱歉，但茂才公尚且不知，我还有什么好办法呢。

第四，是阿Q的籍貫了。Fourth, there is the matter of Ah Q's native place.倘他姓趙，則據現在好稱郡望的老例，可以照郡名百家姓上的注解，說是『隴西天水人也』，但可惜這姓是不甚可靠的，因此籍貫也就有些決不定。Had his surname been Zhao, then, following the old custom nowadays of citing one's ancestral commandery for prestige, I might have said, according to the commentary under the commandery name in the Hundred Family Surnames, that he was "a native of Tianshui in Longxi"; but unfortunately this surname is not at all reliable, and so his native place, too, cannot be settled with any certainty.他雖然多住未莊，然而也常常宿在別處，不能說是未莊人，卽使說是『未莊人也』，也仍然有乖史法的。Although he lived for the most part in Weizhuang, he also frequently lodged elsewhere, so he cannot properly be called a native of Weizhuang; and even if I did say he was "a native of Weizhuang," that too would still run contrary to proper historiographical method.

第

dì — 1. (prefix indicating ordinal number, as in 第六 (dì liù) "sixth") 2. (literary) grades in which successful candidates in the imperial examinations were placed 3. (old) residence of a high official 4. (literary) but; however 5. (literary) only; just

四

sì — 1. four 2. 4 (HSK 1)

是

shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)

阿Q

Ā Q — Ah Q, antihero of Lu Xun's influential 1921 novella "The True Story of Ah Q" 阿Q正傳[A1 Q Zheng4 zhuan4] ("Q" here is typically pronounced as (kiū) or (qiū))

的

de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

籍貫

jí guàn — one's ancestral home (registered place of family origin, typically inherited patrilineally and recorded in official documents)

了

le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)

倘

cháng — used in 倘佯 (cháng yáng)

他

tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)

姓

xìng — 1. family name; surname 2. to be surnamed ... (HSK 2)

趙

Zhào — 1. surname Zhao 2. one of the seven states during the Warring States period (476–220 BC) 3. the Former Zhao 前趙 (Qián Zhào) (304–329) and Later Zhao 後趙 (Hòu Zhào) (319–350), states of the Sixteen Kingdoms

則

zé — 1. (literary) (conjunction used to express contrast with a previous clause) but; then 2. (bound form) standard; norm 3. (bound form) principle 4. (literary) to imitate; to follow 5. classifier for written items (HSK 7-9)

據

jù — 1. according to 2. to act in accordance with 3. to depend on 4. to seize 5. to occupy (HSK 6)

現在

xiàn zài — now; at present; currently (HSK 1)

好

hǎo — 1. good 2. appropriate; proper 3. all right! 4. (before a verb) easy to 5. (before a verb) good to 6. (before an adjective for exclamatory effect) so 7. (verb complement indicating completion) 8. (of two people) close; on intimate terms 9. (after a personal pronoun) hello (HSK 1)

稱

chèn — 1. to fit; to match; to suit 2. (coll.) to have; to possess 3. Taiwan pr. (chèng)

郡望

jùn wàng — choronym (a family's region of origin, used as an indicator of superior social status in a surname-choronym combination) (For example, the Tang writer Han Yu 韓愈 (Hán Yù) is also known as 韓昌黎 (Hán Chāng lí), where 韓 (Hán) is his surname and 昌黎 (Chāng lí) is his clan's ancestral prefecture 郡 (jùn).)

的

de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

老例

lǎo lì — custom; customary practice

可以

kě yǐ — 1. can 2. may 3. possible 4. able to 5. not bad 6. pretty good (HSK 2)

照

zhào — 1. according to 2. in accordance with 3. to shine 4. to illuminate 5. to reflect 6. to look at (one's reflection) 7. to take (a photo) 8. photo 9. as requested 10. as before (HSK 3)

郡

jùn — 1. canton 2. county 3. region

名

míng — 1. name 2. noun (part of speech) 3. place (e.g. among winners) 4. famous 5. classifier for people (HSK 2)

百家姓

Bǎi jiā xìng — The Book of Family Names, anonymous Song dynasty reading primer listing 438 surnames

上

shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)

的

de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

注解

zhù jiě — 1. to annotate 2. annotation 3. comment 4. interpretation 5. to explain with notes 6. explanatory note

說

shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)

是

shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)

隴西

Lǒng xī — see 隴西縣 (Lǒng xī Xiàn)

天水

Tiān shuǐ — see 天水市 (Tiān shuǐ Shì)

人

rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)

也

Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)

但

dàn — 1. but; yet; however; still 2. merely; only; just (HSK 2)

可惜

kě xī — 1. it is a pity 2. what a pity 3. unfortunately (HSK 5)

這

zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)

姓

xìng — 1. family name; surname 2. to be surnamed ... (HSK 2)

是

shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)

不甚

bù shèn — (literary) not very

可靠

kě kào — reliable (HSK 3)

的

de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

因此

yīn cǐ — thus; consequently; as a result (HSK 3)

籍貫

jí guàn — one's ancestral home (registered place of family origin, typically inherited patrilineally and recorded in official documents)

也

Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)

就

jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)

有些

yǒu xiē — 1. some 2. somewhat; rather; a bit

決不

jué bù — 1. not at all 2. simply (can) not (HSK 5)

定

dìng — 1. to fix; to set; to make definite 2. to subscribe to (a newspaper etc); to book (tickets etc); to order (goods etc) 3. to congeal; to coagulate 4. (literary) definitely (HSK 4)

他

tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)

雖然

suī rán — although; even though (often used correlatively with 可是 (kě shì) or 但是 (dàn shì) etc) (HSK 2)

多

duō — 1. many; much; more; a lot of 2. too many; in excess 3. (after a numeral) ... odd 4. how (to what extent) (Taiwan pr. (duó)) 5. (bound form) multi-; poly- (HSK 1)

住

zhù — 1. to live; to reside; to stay 2. to stop; to cease 3. (result complement indicating firmness or a stable achieved state) (HSK 1)

未

wèi — 1. not yet 2. did not 3. have not 4. not 5. 8th earthly branch: 1-3 p.m., 6th solar month (7th July-6th August), year of the Sheep 6. ancient Chinese compass point: 210° (HSK 7-9)

莊

Zhuāng — surname Zhuang

然而

rán ér — however; but; yet (HSK 4)

也

Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)

常常

cháng cháng — frequently; often (HSK 1)

宿

Sù — surname Su

在

zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)

別處

bié chù — elsewhere

不能

bù néng — 1. cannot 2. must not 3. should not

說

shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)

是

shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)

未

wèi — 1. not yet 2. did not 3. have not 4. not 5. 8th earthly branch: 1-3 p.m., 6th solar month (7th July-6th August), year of the Sheep 6. ancient Chinese compass point: 210° (HSK 7-9)

莊

Zhuāng — surname Zhuang

人

rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)

卽

jí — 1. variant of 即 (jí) 2. promptly

使

shǐ — 1. to make 2. to cause 3. to enable 4. to use 5. to employ 6. to send 7. to instruct sb to do sth 8. envoy 9. messenger (HSK 3)

說

shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)

是

shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)

未

wèi — 1. not yet 2. did not 3. have not 4. not 5. 8th earthly branch: 1-3 p.m., 6th solar month (7th July-6th August), year of the Sheep 6. ancient Chinese compass point: 210° (HSK 7-9)

莊

Zhuāng — surname Zhuang

人

rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)

也

Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)

也

Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)

仍然

réng rán — still; as before; yet (HSK 3)

有

yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)

乖

guāi — 1. (of a child) obedient, well-behaved 2. clever 3. shrewd 4. alert 5. perverse 6. contrary to reason 7. irregular 8. abnormal (HSK 7-9)

史

Shǐ — surname Shi

法

Fǎ — 1. France 2. French 3. abbr. for 法國 (Fǎ guó) 4. Taiwan pr. (Fà) (HSK 4)

的

de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

第四，是阿Q的籍贯了。倘他姓赵，则据现在好称郡望的老例，可以照郡名百家姓上的注解，说是『陇西天水人也』，但可惜这姓是不甚可靠的，因此籍贯也就有些决不定。他虽然多住未庄，然而也常常宿在别处，不能说是未庄人，即使说是『未庄人也』，也仍然有乖史法的。

我所聊以自慰的，是還有一個『阿』字非常正確，絕無附會假借的缺點，頗可以就正於通人。The one thing that gives me some small comfort is that at least the character "Ah" is entirely correct, with no flaw of forced analogy or false borrowing whatsoever, and it may well stand up to the scrutiny of learned men.至於其餘，卻都非淺學所能穿鑿，只希望有『歷史癖與考據癖』的胡適之先生的門人們，將來或者能够尋出許多新端緒來，但是我這阿Q正傳到那時卻又怕早經消滅了。As for all the rest, it is simply beyond what my shallow learning can dig out and explain; I can only hope that the disciples of Mr. Hu Shizhi, a man with a passion for history and textual research, may in future be able to ferret out a great many fresh leads, though by that time I am afraid this True Story of Ah Q of mine will already have long since vanished.

我

wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)

所

suǒ — 1. actually 2. place 3. classifier for houses, small buildings, institutions etc 4. that which 5. particle introducing a relative clause or passive 6. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 3)

聊以自慰

liáo yǐ zì wèi — 1. to find some consolation (idiom) 2. to find relief in

的

de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

是

shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)

還有

hái yǒu — 1. there still remain(s); there is (or are) still 2. in addition (HSK 1)

一個

yī ge — 1. a; an; one 2. the whole (afternoon, summer vacation etc)

阿

ā — 1. prefix used before monosyllabic names, kinship terms etc to indicate familiarity 2. used in transliteration 3. (bound form) Afghanistan (abbr. for 阿富汗 (Ā fù hàn)) 4. (bound form) Albania (abbr. for 阿爾巴尼亞 (Ā ěr bā ní yà)) 5. (bound form) Algeria (abbr. for 阿爾及利亞 (Ā ěr jí lì yà)) 6. (bound form) Argentina (abbr. for 阿根廷 (Ā gēn tíng)) 7. also pr. (à)

字

zì — 1. letter 2. symbol 3. character 4. word 5. classifier: 個 (gè) 6. courtesy or style name traditionally given to males aged 20 in dynastic China (HSK 1)

非常

fēi cháng — 1. very; really 2. unusual; extraordinary (HSK 1)

正確

zhèng què — correct; sound; right; proper (HSK 2)

絕

jué — 1. to cut short 2. extinct 3. to disappear 4. to vanish 5. absolutely 6. by no means (HSK 6)

無

mó — used in 南無 (nā mó) (HSK 4)

附會

fù huì — to add parallels and interpretations (to a story etc); to develop and embellish; to interpret (often in a strained manner)

假借

jiǎ jiè — 1. to make use of 2. to use sth as pretext 3. under false pretenses 4. under the guise of 5. masquerading as 6. lenient 7. tolerant 8. loan character (one of the Six Methods 六書 of forming Chinese characters) 9. character acquiring meanings by phonetic association 10. also called phonetic loan

的

de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

缺點

quē diǎn — 1. weak point 2. fault 3. shortcoming 4. disadvantage 5. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 3)

頗

Pō — 1. surname Po 2. Taiwan pr. (Pǒ) (HSK 7-9)

可以

kě yǐ — 1. can 2. may 3. possible 4. able to 5. not bad 6. pretty good (HSK 2)

就正

jiù zhèng — (literary and deferential) to solicit comments (on one's writing)

於

yú — 1. (of time or place) in; at; on 2. (indicating any indirect relation) to; toward; vis-à-vis; with regard to; for 3. (indicating a source) from; out of 4. (used in comparison) than 5. (used in the passive voice) by (HSK 6)

通人

tōng rén — learned person; person of wide knowledge and sound scholarship

至於

zhì yú — 1. as for 2. as to 3. to go so far as to (HSK 6)

其餘

qí yú — 1. the rest 2. the others 3. remaining 4. remainder 5. apart from them (HSK 4)

卻

què — 1. but 2. yet 3. however 4. while 5. to go back 6. to decline 7. to retreat 8. nevertheless 9. even though (HSK 4)

都

Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)

非

Fēi — abbr. for 非洲 (Fēi zhōu), Africa (HSK 4)

淺學

qiǎn xué — 1. shallow study 2. superficial 3. scant knowledge

所能

suǒ néng — 1. according to one's capabilities 2. what sb is capable of

穿鑿

chuān záo — 1. to bore a hole 2. to give a forced interpretation

只

zhī — variant of 隻 (zhī) (HSK 2)

希望

xī wàng — 1. to hope 2. a hope; a wish (HSK 3)

有

yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)

歷史

lì shǐ — 1. history 2. classifier: 門 (mén), 段 (duàn) (HSK 4)

癖

pǐ — 1. habit 2. hobby

與

yú — variant of 歟 (yú) (HSK 6)

考據

kǎo jù — textual criticism

癖

pǐ — 1. habit 2. hobby

的

de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

胡適

Hú Shì — Hu Shi (1891-1962), original proponent of writing in colloquial Chinese 白話文 (bái huà wén)

之

zhī — 1. (possessive particle, literary equivalent of 的 (de)) 2. him 3. her 4. it (HSK 7-9)

先生

xiān sheng — 1. teacher 2. gentleman; sir; mister (Mr.) 3. husband 4. (dialect) doctor 5. classifier: 位 (wèi) (HSK 1)

的

de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

門人

mén rén — 1. disciple 2. follower 3. hanger-on (at an aristocrat's home)

們

men — plural marker for pronouns, and nouns referring to individuals

將來

jiāng lái — 1. in the future 2. future 3. the future 4. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 3)

或者

huò zhě — 1. or 2. possibly; maybe; perhaps (HSK 2)

能够

néng gòu — 1. to be capable of 2. to be able to 3. can (HSK 2)

尋出

xún chū — 1. to find out 2. to search out 3. to uncover 4. to discover

許多

xǔ duō — 1. many 2. a lot of 3. much (HSK 2)

新

Xīn — 1. abbr. for Xinjiang 新疆 (Xīn jiāng) 2. abbr. for Singapore 新加坡 (Xīn jiā pō) 3. surname Xin (HSK 1)

端緒

duān xù — 1. start and development 2. thread (of a story) 3. general outline 4. clue

來

lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)

但是

dàn shì — but; however (HSK 2)

我

wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)

這

zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)

阿Q正傳

Ā Q Zhèng zhuàn — The True Story of Ah Q, influential 1921 novella by Lu Xun 魯迅 (Lǔ Xùn)

到

dào — 1. to reach; to arrive 2. to leave for; to go to 3. to (a place); until (a time); up to (a point) 4. (verb complement indicating arriving at a place or reaching a point) 5. considerate; thoughtful; thorough (HSK 1)

那時

nà shí — 1. then 2. at that time 3. in those days (HSK 2)

卻

què — 1. but 2. yet 3. however 4. while 5. to go back 6. to decline 7. to retreat 8. nevertheless 9. even though (HSK 4)

又

yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)

怕

Pà — surname Pa (HSK 2)

早

zǎo — 1. early 2. morning 3. Good morning! 4. long ago 5. prematurely (HSK 1)

經

Jīng — surname Jing (HSK 7-9)

消滅

xiāo miè — 1. to put an end to 2. to annihilate 3. to cause to perish 4. to perish 5. annihilation (in quantum field theory) (HSK 6)

了

le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)

我所聊以自慰的，是还有一个『阿』字非常正确，绝无附会假借的缺点，颇可以就正于通人。至于其余，却都非浅学所能穿凿，只希望有『历史癖与考据癖』的胡适之先生的门人们，将来或者能够寻出许多新端绪来，但是我这阿Q正传到那时却又怕早经消灭了。

以上可以算是序。The above may be taken as the preface.

以上

yǐ shàng — 1. that level or higher; that amount or more 2. the above-mentioned 3. (used to indicate that one has completed one's remarks) That is all. (HSK 2)

可以

kě yǐ — 1. can 2. may 3. possible 4. able to 5. not bad 6. pretty good (HSK 2)

算是

suàn shì — 1. considered to be 2. at last (HSK 6)

序

xù — 1. (bound form) order; sequence 2. (bound form) introductory; initial 3. preface (HSK 7-9)

第二章 優勝記略Chapter Two: A Brief Account of Victories

第二

dì èr — 1. second 2. number two 3. next 4. secondary

章

Zhāng — surname Zhang (HSK 6)

優勝

yōu shèng — (of a contestant) winning; superior; excellent

記

jì — 1. to record 2. to note 3. to memorize 4. to remember 5. mark 6. sign 7. classifier for blows, kicks, shots (HSK 1)

略

lüè — 1. brief; sketchy 2. outline; summary 3. to omit 4. (bound form before a single-character verb) a bit; somewhat; slightly 5. plan; strategy 6. to capture (territory) (HSK 7-9)

第二章 优胜记略

阿Q不獨是姓名籍貫有些渺茫，連他先前的『行狀』也渺茫。Not only were Ah Q's surname and native place left in considerable obscurity, but even his earlier "record of conduct" was obscure as well.因爲未莊的人們之於阿Q，只要他幫忙，只拿他玩笑，從來沒有留心他的『行狀』的。For the people of Weizhuang, in dealing with Ah Q, wanted only his help with labor, or else made him the butt of their jokes, and never once troubled to take note of his "record of conduct."而阿Q自己也不說，獨有和別人口角的時候，間或瞪着眼睛道：And Ah Q himself never spoke of it either, except that whenever he quarreled with someone, he would sometimes glare and say:

阿Q

Ā Q — Ah Q, antihero of Lu Xun's influential 1921 novella "The True Story of Ah Q" 阿Q正傳[A1 Q Zheng4 zhuan4] ("Q" here is typically pronounced as (kiū) or (qiū))

不獨

bù dú — not only

是

shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)

姓名

xìng míng — surname and given name; full name (HSK 2)

籍貫

jí guàn — one's ancestral home (registered place of family origin, typically inherited patrilineally and recorded in official documents)

有些

yǒu xiē — 1. some 2. somewhat; rather; a bit

渺茫

miǎo máng — 1. uncertain 2. remote 3. distant and indistinct 4. vague

連

Lián — surname Lian (HSK 3)

他

tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)

先前

xiān qián — before; previously (HSK 5)

的

de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

行狀

xíng zhuàng — 1. (literary) brief obituary 2. one's past experience 3. one's past record 4. Taiwan pr. (xìng zhuàng)

也

Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)

渺茫

miǎo máng — 1. uncertain 2. remote 3. distant and indistinct 4. vague

因

yīn — 1. cause 2. reason 3. because (HSK 6)

爲

wéi — variant of 為 (wéi) (HSK 2)

未

wèi — 1. not yet 2. did not 3. have not 4. not 5. 8th earthly branch: 1-3 p.m., 6th solar month (7th July-6th August), year of the Sheep 6. ancient Chinese compass point: 210° (HSK 7-9)

莊

Zhuāng — surname Zhuang

的

de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

人們

rén men — people (HSK 2)

之

zhī — 1. (possessive particle, literary equivalent of 的 (de)) 2. him 3. her 4. it (HSK 7-9)

於

yú — 1. (of time or place) in; at; on 2. (indicating any indirect relation) to; toward; vis-à-vis; with regard to; for 3. (indicating a source) from; out of 4. (used in comparison) than 5. (used in the passive voice) by (HSK 6)

阿Q

Ā Q — Ah Q, antihero of Lu Xun's influential 1921 novella "The True Story of Ah Q" 阿Q正傳[A1 Q Zheng4 zhuan4] ("Q" here is typically pronounced as (kiū) or (qiū))

只要

zhǐ yào — so long as; provided; if (HSK 2)

他

tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)

幫忙

bāng máng — 1. to help 2. to lend a hand 3. to do a favor 4. to do a good turn (HSK 1)

只

zhī — variant of 隻 (zhī) (HSK 2)

拿

ná — 1. to hold 2. to seize 3. to catch 4. to apprehend 5. to take 6. (used in the same way as 把 (bǎ): to mark the following noun as a direct object) (HSK 1)

他

tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)

玩笑

wán xiào — 1. to joke 2. joke 3. jest

從來沒有

cóng lái méi yǒu — 1. there has never been; has never had 2. (before a verb) has never

留心

liú xīn — to be careful; to pay attention to (HSK 7-9)

他

tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)

的

de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

行狀

xíng zhuàng — 1. (literary) brief obituary 2. one's past experience 3. one's past record 4. Taiwan pr. (xìng zhuàng)

的

de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

而

ér — 1. and 2. as well as 3. and so 4. but (not) 5. yet (not) 6. (indicates causal relation) 7. (indicates change of state) 8. (indicates contrast) (HSK 4)

阿Q

Ā Q — Ah Q, antihero of Lu Xun's influential 1921 novella "The True Story of Ah Q" 阿Q正傳[A1 Q Zheng4 zhuan4] ("Q" here is typically pronounced as (kiū) or (qiū))

自己

zì jǐ — oneself; (attributive) one's own (HSK 2)

也

Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)

不

bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)

說

shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)

獨有

dú yǒu — 1. to own exclusively; unique to; specific 2. there is only

和

Hé — surname He (HSK 1)

別人

bié ren — other people; others; other person (HSK 1)

口角

kǒu jiǎo — corner of the mouth

的

de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

時候

shí hou — 1. time 2. length of time 3. moment 4. period (HSK 1)

間或

jiàn huò — 1. occasionally 2. now and then

瞪

dèng — 1. to open (one's eyes) wide 2. to stare at 3. to glare at (HSK 7-9)

着眼

zhuó yǎn — 1. to have one's eyes on (a goal) 2. having sth in mind 3. to concentrate (HSK 7-9)

睛

jīng — eye; eyeball

道

dào — 1. road; path (classifier: 條 (tiáo), 股 (gǔ)) 2. (bound form) way; reason; principle 3. (bound form) a skill; an art; a specialization 4. (Daoism) the Way; the Dao 5. to say (introducing a direct quotation, as in a novel) 6. (bound form) to express; to extend (polite words) 7. classifier for long thin things (rivers, cracks, shadows etc), barriers (walls, doors etc), questions (in an exam etc), commands, courses in a meal, steps in a process 8. (old) circuit (administrative division) (HSK 2)

阿Q不独是姓名籍贯有些渺茫，连他先前的『行状』也渺茫。因为未庄的人们之于阿Q，只要他帮忙，只拿他玩笑，从来没有留心他的『行状』的。而阿Q自己也不说，独有和别人口角的时候，间或瞪着眼睛道：

『我們先前——比你闊的多啦！"We—in former days—were far better off than you!你算是什麽東西！』Who do you think you are, anyway!"

我們

wǒ men — we; us; ourselves; our (HSK 1)

先前

xiān qián — before; previously (HSK 5)

比

Bǐ — 1. Belgium 2. Belgian 3. abbr. for 比利時 (Bǐ lì shí) (HSK 1)

你

nǐ — you (informal, as opposed to courteous 您 (nín)) (HSK 1)

闊

kuò — 1. rich 2. wide 3. broad (HSK 6)

的

de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

多

duō — 1. many; much; more; a lot of 2. too many; in excess 3. (after a numeral) ... odd 4. how (to what extent) (Taiwan pr. (duó)) 5. (bound form) multi-; poly- (HSK 1)

啦

lā — 1. (onom.) sound of singing, cheering etc 2. (phonetic) 3. (dialect) to chat (HSK 6)

你

nǐ — you (informal, as opposed to courteous 您 (nín)) (HSK 1)

算是

suàn shì — 1. considered to be 2. at last (HSK 6)

什

shén — what

麽

me — variant of 麼 (me)

東西

dōng xī — east and west (HSK 1)

『我们先前——比你阔的多啦！你算是什么东西！』

阿Q沒有家，住在未莊的土穀祠裏；Ah Q had no home of his own, and lived in the Tutelary Temple of Weizhuang;也沒有固定的職業，只給人家做短工，割麥便割麥，舂米便舂米，撐船便撐船。Nor did he have any settled occupation, only doing odd jobs for others—when there was wheat to be cut, he cut wheat; when there was rice to be hulled, he hulled rice; when there was a boat to be poled, he poled a boat.工作略長久時，他也或住在臨時主人的家裏，但一完就走了。When a job happened to run somewhat longer, he might even lodge for a time at the home of his temporary employer, but once the job was finished, off he went.所以，人們忙碌的時候，也還記起阿Q來，然而記起的是做工，並不是『行狀』；So when people were busy, they still remembered Ah Q, but what they remembered was his labor, not his "record of conduct";一閒空，連阿Q都早忘卻，更不必說『行狀』了。And once there was nothing to do, even Ah Q himself was soon forgotten, let alone his "record of conduct."只是有一回，有一個老頭子頌揚說：『阿Q眞能做！』這時阿Q赤着膊，懶洋洋的瘦伶仃的正在他面前，別人也摸不着這話是眞心還是譏笑，然而阿Q很喜歡。Only once did an old man praise him, saying, "Ah Q really can work!" At the time Ah Q, bare to the waist, lean and scrawny, stood before him looking rather listless, and no one else could quite tell whether the remark was sincere or mocking, but Ah Q himself was highly pleased.

阿Q

Ā Q — Ah Q, antihero of Lu Xun's influential 1921 novella "The True Story of Ah Q" 阿Q正傳[A1 Q Zheng4 zhuan4] ("Q" here is typically pronounced as (kiū) or (qiū))

沒有

méi yǒu — 1. haven't 2. hasn't 3. doesn't exist 4. to not have 5. to not be (HSK 1)

家

jiā — 1. home 2. family 3. (polite) my (sister, uncle etc) 4. classifier for families or businesses 5. refers to the philosophical schools of pre-Han China 6. noun suffix for a specialist in some activity, such as a musician or revolutionary, corresponding to English -ist, -er, -ary or -ian 7. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 1)

住

zhù — 1. to live; to reside; to stay 2. to stop; to cease 3. (result complement indicating firmness or a stable achieved state) (HSK 1)

在

zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)

未

wèi — 1. not yet 2. did not 3. have not 4. not 5. 8th earthly branch: 1-3 p.m., 6th solar month (7th July-6th August), year of the Sheep 6. ancient Chinese compass point: 210° (HSK 7-9)

莊

Zhuāng — surname Zhuang

的

de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

土穀祠

tǔ gǔ cí — temple dedicated to the local tutelary god 土地神 (tǔ dì shén) and the god of cereals

裏

lǐ — variant of 裡 (lǐ) (HSK 1)

也

Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)

沒有

méi yǒu — 1. haven't 2. hasn't 3. doesn't exist 4. to not have 5. to not be (HSK 1)

固定

gù dìng — 1. to fix 2. to fasten 3. to set rigidly in place 4. fixed 5. set 6. regular (HSK 4)

的

de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

職業

zhí yè — 1. occupation; profession; vocation 2. professional (HSK 3)

只

zhī — variant of 隻 (zhī) (HSK 2)

給

gěi — 1. to 2. for 3. for the benefit of 4. to give 5. to allow 6. to do sth (for sb) 7. (grammatical equivalent of 被) 8. (grammatical equivalent of 把) 9. (sentence intensifier) (HSK 1)

人家

rén jiā — 1. household 2. dwelling 3. family 4. sb else's house 5. household business 6. house of woman's husband-to-be 7. classifier: 戶 (hù), 家 (jiā) (HSK 4)

做

zuò — 1. to make; to produce 2. to write; to compose 3. to do; to engage in; to hold (a party etc) 4. (of a person) to be (an intermediary, a good student etc); to become (husband and wife, friends etc) 5. (of a thing) to serve as; to be used for 6. to assume (an air or manner) (HSK 1)

短工

duǎn gōng — 1. temporary job 2. odd job 3. seasonal worker

割

gē — 1. to cut 2. to cut apart (HSK 7-9)

麥

Mài — surname Mai

便

biàn — 1. plain 2. informal 3. suitable 4. convenient 5. opportune 6. to urinate or defecate 7. equivalent to 就 (jiù): then 8. in that case 9. even if 10. soon afterwards (HSK 6)

割

gē — 1. to cut 2. to cut apart (HSK 7-9)

麥

Mài — surname Mai

舂米

chōng mǐ — to husk rice with a mortar and pestle

便

biàn — 1. plain 2. informal 3. suitable 4. convenient 5. opportune 6. to urinate or defecate 7. equivalent to 就 (jiù): then 8. in that case 9. even if 10. soon afterwards (HSK 6)

舂米

chōng mǐ — to husk rice with a mortar and pestle

撐船

chēng chuán — 1. to punt 2. to pole a boat

便

biàn — 1. plain 2. informal 3. suitable 4. convenient 5. opportune 6. to urinate or defecate 7. equivalent to 就 (jiù): then 8. in that case 9. even if 10. soon afterwards (HSK 6)

撐船

chēng chuán — 1. to punt 2. to pole a boat

工作

gōng zuò — 1. to work 2. (of a machine) to operate 3. job 4. work 5. task 6. classifier: 個 (gè), 份 (fèn), 項 (xiàng) (HSK 1)

略

lüè — 1. brief; sketchy 2. outline; summary 3. to omit 4. (bound form before a single-character verb) a bit; somewhat; slightly 5. plan; strategy 6. to capture (territory) (HSK 7-9)

長久

cháng jiǔ — 1. long-time; long-term 2. lasting; enduring; permanent 3. for a long time (HSK 6)

時

Shí — surname Shi (HSK 3)

他

tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)

也

Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)

或

huò — 1. maybe 2. perhaps 3. might 4. possibly 5. or (HSK 2)

住

zhù — 1. to live; to reside; to stay 2. to stop; to cease 3. (result complement indicating firmness or a stable achieved state) (HSK 1)

在

zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)

臨時

lín shí — 1. as the time draws near 2. at the last moment 3. temporary 4. interim 5. ad hoc (HSK 4)

主人

zhǔ rén — 1. master 2. host 3. owner 4. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 2)

的

de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

家

jiā — 1. home 2. family 3. (polite) my (sister, uncle etc) 4. classifier for families or businesses 5. refers to the philosophical schools of pre-Han China 6. noun suffix for a specialist in some activity, such as a musician or revolutionary, corresponding to English -ist, -er, -ary or -ian 7. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 1)

裏

lǐ — variant of 裡 (lǐ) (HSK 1)

但

dàn — 1. but; yet; however; still 2. merely; only; just (HSK 2)

一

yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)

完

wán — 1. to finish 2. to be over 3. whole 4. complete 5. entire (HSK 2)

就

jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)

走

zǒu — 1. to walk 2. to go 3. to run 4. to move (of vehicle) 5. to visit 6. to leave 7. to go away 8. to die (euph.) 9. from 10. through 11. away (in compound verbs, such as 撤走 (chè zǒu)) 12. to change (shape, form, meaning) (HSK 1)

了

le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)

所以

suǒ yǐ — 1. therefore 2. as a result 3. so 4. the reason why (HSK 2)

人們

rén men — people (HSK 2)

忙碌

máng lù — busy; bustling (HSK 7-9)

的

de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

時候

shí hou — 1. time 2. length of time 3. moment 4. period (HSK 1)

也

Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)

還

Huán — surname Huan (HSK 1)

記起

jì qǐ — 1. to recall 2. to recollect

阿Q

Ā Q — Ah Q, antihero of Lu Xun's influential 1921 novella "The True Story of Ah Q" 阿Q正傳[A1 Q Zheng4 zhuan4] ("Q" here is typically pronounced as (kiū) or (qiū))

來

lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)

然而

rán ér — however; but; yet (HSK 4)

記起

jì qǐ — 1. to recall 2. to recollect

的

de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

是

shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)

做工

zuò gōng — 1. to work with one's hands 2. manual work 3. workmanship

並不

bìng bù — not at all; by no means

是

shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)

行狀

xíng zhuàng — 1. (literary) brief obituary 2. one's past experience 3. one's past record 4. Taiwan pr. (xìng zhuàng)

一

yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)

閒空

xián kòng — 1. idle 2. free time 3. leisure

連

Lián — surname Lian (HSK 3)

阿Q

Ā Q — Ah Q, antihero of Lu Xun's influential 1921 novella "The True Story of Ah Q" 阿Q正傳[A1 Q Zheng4 zhuan4] ("Q" here is typically pronounced as (kiū) or (qiū))

都

Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)

早

zǎo — 1. early 2. morning 3. Good morning! 4. long ago 5. prematurely (HSK 1)

忘卻

wàng què — to forget

更

gēng — 1. to change or replace 2. to experience 3. one of the five two-hour periods into which the night was formerly divided 4. watch (e.g. of a sentry or guard) (HSK 2)

不必

bù bì — 1. need not 2. does not have to 3. not necessarily (HSK 3)

說

shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)

行狀

xíng zhuàng — 1. (literary) brief obituary 2. one's past experience 3. one's past record 4. Taiwan pr. (xìng zhuàng)

了

le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)

只是

zhǐ shì — 1. merely; only; just; nothing but 2. simply 3. but; however (HSK 3)

有

yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)

一

yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)

回

Huí — Hui ethnic group (Chinese Muslims) (HSK 1)

有

yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)

一個

yī ge — 1. a; an; one 2. the whole (afternoon, summer vacation etc)

老頭子

lǎo tóu zi — 1. (coll.) old man 2. (said of an aging husband) my old man

頌揚

sòng yáng — 1. to eulogize 2. to praise

說

shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)

阿Q

Ā Q — Ah Q, antihero of Lu Xun's influential 1921 novella "The True Story of Ah Q" 阿Q正傳[A1 Q Zheng4 zhuan4] ("Q" here is typically pronounced as (kiū) or (qiū))

眞

zhēn — variant of 真 (zhēn)

能

Néng — surname Neng (HSK 1)

做

zuò — 1. to make; to produce 2. to write; to compose 3. to do; to engage in; to hold (a party etc) 4. (of a person) to be (an intermediary, a good student etc); to become (husband and wife, friends etc) 5. (of a thing) to serve as; to be used for 6. to assume (an air or manner) (HSK 1)

這時

zhè shí — 1. at this time 2. at this moment (HSK 2)

阿Q

Ā Q — Ah Q, antihero of Lu Xun's influential 1921 novella "The True Story of Ah Q" 阿Q正傳[A1 Q Zheng4 zhuan4] ("Q" here is typically pronounced as (kiū) or (qiū))

赤

chì — 1. red 2. scarlet 3. bare 4. naked

着

zhāo — variant of 著 (zhāo) (HSK 1)

膊

bó — 1. shoulder 2. upper arm

懶洋洋

lǎn yāng yāng — lazily

的

de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

瘦伶仃

shòu líng dīng — emaciated; scrawny

的

de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

正在

zhèng zài — to be in the process of (doing sth); to be currently ...-ing (HSK 1)

他

tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)

面前

miàn qián — 1. in front of 2. facing 3. (in the) presence (of) (HSK 2)

別人

bié ren — other people; others; other person (HSK 1)

也

Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)

摸不着

mō bu zháo — 1. can't touch; can't reach 2. (fig.) unable to get a grasp of

這

zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)

話

huà — 1. dialect 2. language 3. spoken words 4. speech 5. talk 6. words 7. conversation 8. what sb said 9. classifier: 種 (zhǒng), 席 (xí), 句 (jù), 口 (kǒu), 番 (fān) (HSK 1)

是

shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)

眞

zhēn — variant of 真 (zhēn)

心

xīn — 1. heart 2. mind 3. intention 4. center 5. core 6. classifier: 顆 (kē), 個 (gè) (HSK 3)

還是

hái shi — 1. still (as before) 2. had better 3. unexpectedly 4. or (HSK 1)

譏笑

jī xiào — to sneer (HSK 7-9)

然而

rán ér — however; but; yet (HSK 4)

阿Q

Ā Q — Ah Q, antihero of Lu Xun's influential 1921 novella "The True Story of Ah Q" 阿Q正傳[A1 Q Zheng4 zhuan4] ("Q" here is typically pronounced as (kiū) or (qiū))

很

hěn — 1. very; quite 2. (also, often used before an adjective without intensifying its meaning, i.e. as a meaningless syntactic element) (HSK 1)

喜歡

xǐ huan — to like; to be fond of (HSK 1)

阿Q没有家，住在未庄的土谷祠里；也没有固定的职业，只给人家做短工，割麦便割麦，舂米便舂米，撑船便撑船。工作略长久时，他也或住在临时主人的家里，但一完就走了。所以，人们忙碌的时候，也还记起阿Q来，然而记起的是做工，并不是『行状』；一闲空，连阿Q都早忘却，更不必说『行状』了。只是有一回，有一个老头子颂扬说：『阿Q真能做！』这时阿Q赤着膊，懒洋洋的瘦伶仃的正在他面前，别人也摸不着这话是真心还是讥笑，然而阿Q很喜欢。

阿Q又很自尊，所有未莊的居民，全不在他眼睛裏，甚而至于對于兩位『文童』也有以爲不值一笑的神情。Ah Q was also extremely proud; all the residents of Weizhuang counted for nothing at all in his eyes, and he even wore an expression suggesting that the village's two "budding scholars" were scarcely worth a laugh.夫文童者，將來恐怕要變秀才者也；Now, a "budding scholar" is one who may, in time, become a xiucai;趙太爺、錢太爺大受居民的尊敬，除有錢之外，就因爲都是文童的爹爹，而阿Q在情神上獨不表格外的崇奉，他想：我的兒子會闊得多啦！Old Mr. Zhao and old Mr. Qian received the utmost respect from the villagers, not only for their wealth but also because both were fathers of "budding scholars," and yet Ah Q alone showed no special reverence for them in spirit; he thought to himself: my own son will be far, far grander than that!加以進了幾回城，阿Q自然更自負，然而他又很鄙薄城裏人，譬如用三尺長三寸寬的木板做成的凳子，未莊叫『長凳』，他也叫『長凳』，城裏人卻叫『條凳』，他想：這是錯的，可笑！On top of this, having been into the city a few times, Ah Q naturally grew even more self-important, and yet at the same time he thought rather little of the people in the city—for instance, take the bench made of a board three feet long and three inches wide: in Weizhuang they called it a "long bench," and he too called it a "long bench," but the people in the city called it a "strip bench," and he thought: that's wrong, how ridiculous!油煎大頭魚，未莊都加上半寸長的葱葉，城裏卻加上切細的葱絲，他想：這也是錯的，可笑！When frying a large-headed fish, in Weizhuang they always added scallion greens half an inch long, but in the city they added finely shredded scallion instead, and he thought: that too is wrong, how ridiculous!然而未莊人眞是不見世面的可笑的鄉下人呵，他們沒有見過城裏的煎魚！And yet the people of Weizhuang really were ridiculous country bumpkins who had never seen the world—they had never once seen how fish is fried in the city!

阿Q

Ā Q — Ah Q, antihero of Lu Xun's influential 1921 novella "The True Story of Ah Q" 阿Q正傳[A1 Q Zheng4 zhuan4] ("Q" here is typically pronounced as (kiū) or (qiū))

又

yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)

很

hěn — 1. very; quite 2. (also, often used before an adjective without intensifying its meaning, i.e. as a meaningless syntactic element) (HSK 1)

自尊

zì zūn — 1. self-respect 2. self-esteem 3. ego 4. pride (HSK 7-9)

所有

suǒ yǒu — 1. all 2. to have; to possess; to own (HSK 2)

未

wèi — 1. not yet 2. did not 3. have not 4. not 5. 8th earthly branch: 1-3 p.m., 6th solar month (7th July-6th August), year of the Sheep 6. ancient Chinese compass point: 210° (HSK 7-9)

莊

Zhuāng — surname Zhuang

的

de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

居民

jū mín — resident; inhabitant (HSK 4)

全

Quán — surname Quan (HSK 2)

不在

bù zài — 1. not to be present 2. to be out 3. (euphemism) to pass away 4. to be deceased

他

tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)

眼睛

yǎn jing — 1. eye 2. classifier: 隻 (zhī), 雙 (shuāng) (HSK 2)

裏

lǐ — variant of 裡 (lǐ) (HSK 1)

甚而至于

shèn ér zhì yú — 1. even 2. so much so that

對

duì — 1. right; correct 2. towards; at; for 3. concerning; regarding 4. to treat (sb a certain way) 5. to face 6. (bound form) opposite; facing; matching 7. to match together; to adjust 8. to fit; to suit 9. to answer; to reply 10. to add; to pour in (a fluid) 11. to check; to compare 12. classifier: couple; pair (HSK 1)

于

Yú — surname Yu (HSK 6)

兩

liǎng — 1. two 2. both 3. some 4. a few 5. tael, unit of weight equal to 50 grams (modern) or 1⁄16 of a catty 斤 (jīn) (old) (HSK 1)

位

wèi — 1. position 2. location 3. place 4. seat 5. classifier for people (honorific) 6. classifier for binary bits (e.g. 十六位 16-bit or 2 bytes) 7. (physics) potential (HSK 2)

文童

wén tóng — a person studying for the imperial examinations

也

Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)

有

yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)

以

Yǐ — abbr. for Israel 以色列 (Yǐ sè liè) (HSK 7-9)

爲

wéi — variant of 為 (wéi) (HSK 2)

不值一笑

bù zhí yī xiào — 1. of no value 2. worthless

的

de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

神情

shén qíng — look; expression (HSK 5)

夫

fū — 1. husband 2. man 3. manual worker 4. conscripted laborer (old)

文童

wén tóng — a person studying for the imperial examinations

者

zhě — 1. (after a verb or adjective) one who (is) ... 2. (after a noun) person involved in ... 3. -er 4. -ist 5. (used after a number or 後 (hòu) or 前 (qián) to refer to sth mentioned previously) 6. (used after a term, to mark a pause before defining the term) 7. (old) (used at the end of a command) 8. (old) this

將來

jiāng lái — 1. in the future 2. future 3. the future 4. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 3)

恐怕

kǒng pà — 1. fear 2. to dread 3. I'm afraid that... 4. perhaps 5. maybe (HSK 3)

要

yāo — (bound form) to demand; to coerce (HSK 1)

變

biàn — 1. to change 2. to become different 3. to transform 4. to vary 5. rebellion (HSK 2)

秀才

xiù cai — 1. a person who has passed the county level imperial exam (historical) 2. scholar 3. skillful writer 4. fine talent

者

zhě — 1. (after a verb or adjective) one who (is) ... 2. (after a noun) person involved in ... 3. -er 4. -ist 5. (used after a number or 後 (hòu) or 前 (qián) to refer to sth mentioned previously) 6. (used after a term, to mark a pause before defining the term) 7. (old) (used at the end of a command) 8. (old) this

也

Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)

趙

Zhào — 1. surname Zhao 2. one of the seven states during the Warring States period (476–220 BC) 3. the Former Zhao 前趙 (Qián Zhào) (304–329) and Later Zhao 後趙 (Hòu Zhào) (319–350), states of the Sixteen Kingdoms

太爺

tài yé — 1. (respectful for) one's grandfather 2. sb's father 3. older people 4. the head of the house (used by servants) 5. a district magistrate

錢

Qián — surname Qian (HSK 1)

太爺

tài yé — 1. (respectful for) one's grandfather 2. sb's father 3. older people 4. the head of the house (used by servants) 5. a district magistrate

大

dà — 1. big; large; great 2. older (than another person) 3. eldest (as in 大姐 (dà jiě)) 4. greatly; freely; fully 5. (dialect) father 6. (dialect) uncle (father's brother) (HSK 1)

受

shòu — 1. to receive 2. to accept 3. to suffer 4. subjected to 5. to bear 6. to stand 7. pleasant 8. (passive marker) 9. (LGBT) bottom (HSK 3)

居民

jū mín — resident; inhabitant (HSK 4)

的

de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

尊敬

zūn jìng — 1. to respect; to revere; to esteem 2. honorable; distinguished (used on formal occasions before a term of address) (HSK 5)

除

chú — 1. to get rid of 2. to remove 3. to exclude 4. to eliminate 5. to wipe out 6. to divide 7. except 8. not including (HSK 6)

有錢

yǒu qián — 1. well-off 2. wealthy

之外

zhī wài — 1. outside 2. excluding (HSK 5)

就

jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)

因

yīn — 1. cause 2. reason 3. because (HSK 6)

爲

wéi — variant of 為 (wéi) (HSK 2)

都

Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)

是

shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)

文童

wén tóng — a person studying for the imperial examinations

的

de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

爹爹

diē die — 1. daddy 2. granddad

而

ér — 1. and 2. as well as 3. and so 4. but (not) 5. yet (not) 6. (indicates causal relation) 7. (indicates change of state) 8. (indicates contrast) (HSK 4)

阿Q

Ā Q — Ah Q, antihero of Lu Xun's influential 1921 novella "The True Story of Ah Q" 阿Q正傳[A1 Q Zheng4 zhuan4] ("Q" here is typically pronounced as (kiū) or (qiū))

在

zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)

情

qíng — 1. (bound form) feelings; emotion; sentiment; passion 2. (bound form) situation; condition (HSK 7-9)

神

Shén — God (HSK 5)

上

shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)

獨

dú — 1. alone 2. independent 3. single 4. sole 5. only (HSK 7-9)

不

bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)

表格

biǎo gé — 1. form; table 2. classifier: 張 (zhāng), 份 (fèn) (HSK 3)

外

wài — 1. outside 2. in addition 3. foreign 4. external (HSK 1)

的

de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

崇奉

chóng fèng — 1. to believe in (a deity or other supernatural being) 2. to worship

他

tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)

想

xiǎng — 1. to think (about) 2. to think of; to devise 3. to think (that); to believe (that) 4. to desire; to want (to) 5. to miss (feel wistful about the absence of) (HSK 1)

我

wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)

的

de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

兒子

ér zi — son (HSK 1)

會

huì — 1. can; to have the skill; to know how to 2. to be likely to; to be sure to 3. to meet; to get together 4. meeting; gathering 5. (suffix) union; group; association 6. (bound form) a moment (Taiwan pr. (huǐ)) (HSK 1)

闊

kuò — 1. rich 2. wide 3. broad (HSK 6)

得

dé — 1. to obtain 2. to get 3. to gain 4. to catch (a disease) 5. proper 6. suitable 7. proud 8. contented 9. to allow 10. to permit 11. ready 12. finished (HSK 2)

多

duō — 1. many; much; more; a lot of 2. too many; in excess 3. (after a numeral) ... odd 4. how (to what extent) (Taiwan pr. (duó)) 5. (bound form) multi-; poly- (HSK 1)

啦

lā — 1. (onom.) sound of singing, cheering etc 2. (phonetic) 3. (dialect) to chat (HSK 6)

加以

jiā yǐ — 1. (formal) to apply; to carry out; to take action to (do sth) (used before a disyllabic verb, indicating that the action is directed at sth previously mentioned, e.g. 加以說明 (jiā yǐ shuō míng)); to apply (restrictions etc); to give (support, consideration etc) 2. (literary) moreover; in addition (HSK 5)

進

jìn — 1. to go forward 2. to advance 3. to go in 4. to enter 5. to put in 6. to submit 7. to take in 8. to admit 9. (math.) base of a number system 10. classifier for sections in a building or residential compound (HSK 1)

了

le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)

幾

jī — (literary) almost (HSK 1)

回

Huí — Hui ethnic group (Chinese Muslims) (HSK 1)

城

chéng — 1. city walls 2. city 3. town 4. classifier: 座 (zuò), 道 (dào), 個 (gè) (HSK 3)

阿Q

Ā Q — Ah Q, antihero of Lu Xun's influential 1921 novella "The True Story of Ah Q" 阿Q正傳[A1 Q Zheng4 zhuan4] ("Q" here is typically pronounced as (kiū) or (qiū))

自然

zì rán — 1. nature 2. natural 3. naturally (HSK 3)

更

gēng — 1. to change or replace 2. to experience 3. one of the five two-hour periods into which the night was formerly divided 4. watch (e.g. of a sentry or guard) (HSK 2)

自負

zì fù — 1. conceited 2. to take responsibility (HSK 7-9)

然而

rán ér — however; but; yet (HSK 4)

他

tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)

又

yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)

很

hěn — 1. very; quite 2. (also, often used before an adjective without intensifying its meaning, i.e. as a meaningless syntactic element) (HSK 1)

鄙薄

bǐ bó — 1. to despise 2. to scorn

城

chéng — 1. city walls 2. city 3. town 4. classifier: 座 (zuò), 道 (dào), 個 (gè) (HSK 3)

裏

lǐ — variant of 裡 (lǐ) (HSK 1)

人

rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)

譬如

pì rú — for example; for instance; such as (HSK 7-9)

用

yòng — 1. to use; to make use of; to employ 2. (coverb) with; using 3. to need; to have to (usu. used in the negative or in questions) 4. usefulness; utility 5. (bound form) expense; outlay 6. (courteous) to eat; to drink 7. (literary) hence; therefore (HSK 1)

三

Sān — surname San (HSK 1)

尺

chě — one of the characters used to represent a musical note in gongche notation, 工尺譜 (gōng chě pǔ) (HSK 4)

長三

cháng sān — (old) high-class prostitute

寸

cùn — 1. a unit of length 2. inch 3. thumb (HSK 5)

寬

Kuān — surname Kuan (HSK 4)

的

de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

木板

mù bǎn — 1. slab 2. board 3. plank 4. classifier: 張 (zhāng), 塊 (kuài) (HSK 7-9)

做

zuò — 1. to make; to produce 2. to write; to compose 3. to do; to engage in; to hold (a party etc) 4. (of a person) to be (an intermediary, a good student etc); to become (husband and wife, friends etc) 5. (of a thing) to serve as; to be used for 6. to assume (an air or manner) (HSK 1)

成

Chéng — 1. surname Cheng 2. short name for Chengdu 成都 (Chéng dū) (HSK 2)

的

de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

凳子

dèng zi — 1. stool 2. small seat (HSK 7-9)

未

wèi — 1. not yet 2. did not 3. have not 4. not 5. 8th earthly branch: 1-3 p.m., 6th solar month (7th July-6th August), year of the Sheep 6. ancient Chinese compass point: 210° (HSK 7-9)

莊

Zhuāng — surname Zhuang

叫

jiào — 1. to shout 2. to call 3. to order 4. to ask 5. to be called 6. by (indicates agent in the passive mood) (HSK 1)

長凳

cháng dèng — 1. pew 2. bench 3. classifier: 張 (zhāng)

他

tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)

也

Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)

叫

jiào — 1. to shout 2. to call 3. to order 4. to ask 5. to be called 6. by (indicates agent in the passive mood) (HSK 1)

長凳

cháng dèng — 1. pew 2. bench 3. classifier: 張 (zhāng)

城

chéng — 1. city walls 2. city 3. town 4. classifier: 座 (zuò), 道 (dào), 個 (gè) (HSK 3)

裏

lǐ — variant of 裡 (lǐ) (HSK 1)

人

rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)

卻

què — 1. but 2. yet 3. however 4. while 5. to go back 6. to decline 7. to retreat 8. nevertheless 9. even though (HSK 4)

叫

jiào — 1. to shout 2. to call 3. to order 4. to ask 5. to be called 6. by (indicates agent in the passive mood) (HSK 1)

條凳

tiáo dèng — bench

他

tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)

想

xiǎng — 1. to think (about) 2. to think of; to devise 3. to think (that); to believe (that) 4. to desire; to want (to) 5. to miss (feel wistful about the absence of) (HSK 1)

這

zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)

是

shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)

錯

Cuò — surname Cuo (HSK 1)

的

de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

可笑

kě xiào — 1. funny 2. ridiculous (HSK 7-9)

油

yóu — 1. oil 2. fat 3. grease 4. petroleum 5. to apply tung oil, paint or varnish 6. oily 7. greasy 8. glib 9. cunning (HSK 2)

煎

jiān — 1. to pan fry 2. to sauté (HSK 7-9)

大頭

dà tóu — 1. big head 2. mask in the shape of a big head 3. the larger end of sth 4. the main part 5. the lion's share 6. dupe 7. sucker 8. (old) silver coin with a bust of Yuan Shikai 袁世凱 (Yuán Shì kǎi) on the obverse side

魚

Yú — surname Yu (HSK 2)

未

wèi — 1. not yet 2. did not 3. have not 4. not 5. 8th earthly branch: 1-3 p.m., 6th solar month (7th July-6th August), year of the Sheep 6. ancient Chinese compass point: 210° (HSK 7-9)

莊

Zhuāng — surname Zhuang

都

Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)

加上

jiā shàng — 1. plus 2. to put in 3. to add 4. to add on 5. to add into 6. in addition 7. on top of that (HSK 5)

半

bàn — 1. half 2. semi- 3. incomplete 4. (after a number) and a half (HSK 1)

寸

cùn — 1. a unit of length 2. inch 3. thumb (HSK 5)

長

cháng — 1. long 2. (bound form) length 3. (bound form) strong point; forte 4. (bound form) to be good at 5. (literary) surplus; spare (Taiwan pr. (zhàng)) (HSK 2)

的

de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

葱

cōng — 1. scallion 2. green onion (HSK 7-9)

葉

Yè — surname Ye

城

chéng — 1. city walls 2. city 3. town 4. classifier: 座 (zuò), 道 (dào), 個 (gè) (HSK 3)

裏

lǐ — variant of 裡 (lǐ) (HSK 1)

卻

què — 1. but 2. yet 3. however 4. while 5. to go back 6. to decline 7. to retreat 8. nevertheless 9. even though (HSK 4)

加上

jiā shàng — 1. plus 2. to put in 3. to add 4. to add on 5. to add into 6. in addition 7. on top of that (HSK 5)

切

qiē — 1. to cut; to slice; to carve 2. (math.) tangential (HSK 4)

細

xì — 1. thin or slender 2. finely particulate 3. thin and soft 4. fine 5. delicate 6. trifling 7. (of a sound) quiet 8. frugal (HSK 4)

的

de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

葱

cōng — 1. scallion 2. green onion (HSK 7-9)

絲

sī — 1. silk 2. thread-like thing; (cuisine) shreds or julienne strips 3. classifier: a trace (of smoke etc), a tiny bit etc (HSK 7-9)

他

tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)

想

xiǎng — 1. to think (about) 2. to think of; to devise 3. to think (that); to believe (that) 4. to desire; to want (to) 5. to miss (feel wistful about the absence of) (HSK 1)

這

zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)

也

Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)

是

shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)

錯

Cuò — surname Cuo (HSK 1)

的

de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

可笑

kě xiào — 1. funny 2. ridiculous (HSK 7-9)

然而

rán ér — however; but; yet (HSK 4)

未

wèi — 1. not yet 2. did not 3. have not 4. not 5. 8th earthly branch: 1-3 p.m., 6th solar month (7th July-6th August), year of the Sheep 6. ancient Chinese compass point: 210° (HSK 7-9)

莊

Zhuāng — surname Zhuang

人

rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)

眞

zhēn — variant of 真 (zhēn)

是

shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)

不見

bù jiàn — 1. not to see 2. not to meet 3. to have disappeared 4. to be missing (HSK 6)

世面

shì miàn — 1. the wider world 2. diverse aspects of society

的

de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

可笑

kě xiào — 1. funny 2. ridiculous (HSK 7-9)

的

de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

鄉下人

xiāng xià rén — 1. country folk 2. rustic 3. rural folk

呵

ā — variant of 啊 (ā)

他們

tā men — they; them (HSK 1)

沒有

méi yǒu — 1. haven't 2. hasn't 3. doesn't exist 4. to not have 5. to not be (HSK 1)

見

jiàn — 1. to see 2. to meet 3. to appear (to be sth) 4. to interview 5. opinion 6. view (HSK 1)

過

Guō — surname Guo (HSK 1)

城

chéng — 1. city walls 2. city 3. town 4. classifier: 座 (zuò), 道 (dào), 個 (gè) (HSK 3)

裏

lǐ — variant of 裡 (lǐ) (HSK 1)

的

de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

煎

jiān — 1. to pan fry 2. to sauté (HSK 7-9)

魚

Yú — surname Yu (HSK 2)

阿Q又很自尊，所有未庄的居民，全不在他眼睛里，甚而至于对于两位『文童』也有以为不值一笑的神情。夫文童者，将来恐怕要变秀才者也；赵太爷、钱太爷大受居民的尊敬，除有钱之外，就因为都是文童的爹爹，而阿Q在情神上独不表格外的崇奉，他想：我的儿子会阔得多啦！加以进了几回城，阿Q自然更自负，然而他又很鄙薄城里人，譬如用三尺长三寸宽的木板做成的凳子，未庄叫『长凳』，他也叫『长凳』，城里人却叫『条凳』，他想：这是错的，可笑！油煎大头鱼，未庄都加上半寸长的葱叶，城里却加上切细的葱丝，他想：这也是错的，可笑！然而未庄人真是不见世面的可笑的乡下人呵，他们没有见过城里的煎鱼！

阿Q『先前闊』，見識高，而且『眞能做』，本來幾乎是一個『完人』了，但可惜他體質上還有一些缺點，最惱人的是在他頭皮上，頗有幾處不知于何時的癩瘡疤。Having been "grand in former days," being a man of discernment, and moreover "really able to work," Ah Q might almost have counted as a "perfect man"; unfortunately, however, he had certain physical shortcomings as well, and the most vexing of these was found on his scalp, where there were, dating from who knows when, quite a few patches of ringworm scars.這雖然也在他身上，而看阿Q的意思，倒也似乎以爲不足貴的，因爲他諱說『癩』以及一切近於『賴』的音，後來推而廣之，『光』也諱，『亮』也諱，再後來，連『燈』『燭』都諱了。Although these too were part of his own body, judging from Ah Q's attitude toward them, he seemed to consider them nothing to be proud of, for he avoided the word "ringworm" (癩, lài), and indeed any sound close to "lài," and later on, by extension, he came to avoid "guang" (bright/bald) as well, and "liang" (shining), and later still even "deng" (lamp) and "zhu" (candle) were forbidden words to him.一犯諱，不問有心與無心，阿Q便全疤通紅的發起怒來，估量了對手，口訥的他便罵，氣力小的他便打；Whenever this taboo was violated, whether on purpose or not, Ah Q's whole scarred scalp would flush crimson with rage; sizing up his opponent, if the man was slow of tongue he would curse him, and if the man was weak in strength he would beat him;然而不知怎麽一回事，總還是阿Q喫虧的時候多，於是他漸漸的變換了方針，大抵改爲怒目而視了。Yet somehow, for some reason or other, it was Ah Q who generally came out the loser in these encounters, so that gradually he changed his tactics, and took to glaring fiercely at people instead, more often than not.

阿Q

Ā Q — Ah Q, antihero of Lu Xun's influential 1921 novella "The True Story of Ah Q" 阿Q正傳[A1 Q Zheng4 zhuan4] ("Q" here is typically pronounced as (kiū) or (qiū))

先前

xiān qián — before; previously (HSK 5)

闊

kuò — 1. rich 2. wide 3. broad (HSK 6)

見識

jiàn shi — 1. to gain first-hand knowledge of sth 2. to experience for oneself 3. knowledge 4. experience 5. insight (HSK 7-9)

高

Gāo — surname Gao (HSK 1)

而且

ér qiě — 1. (not only ...) but also 2. moreover; in addition; furthermore (HSK 2)

眞

zhēn — variant of 真 (zhēn)

能

Néng — surname Neng (HSK 1)

做

zuò — 1. to make; to produce 2. to write; to compose 3. to do; to engage in; to hold (a party etc) 4. (of a person) to be (an intermediary, a good student etc); to become (husband and wife, friends etc) 5. (of a thing) to serve as; to be used for 6. to assume (an air or manner) (HSK 1)

本來

běn lái — 1. original 2. originally 3. at first 4. it goes without saying 5. of course (HSK 3)

幾乎

jī hū — almost; nearly; practically (HSK 4)

是

shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)

一個

yī ge — 1. a; an; one 2. the whole (afternoon, summer vacation etc)

完人

wán rén — perfect person

了

le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)

但

dàn — 1. but; yet; however; still 2. merely; only; just (HSK 2)

可惜

kě xī — 1. it is a pity 2. what a pity 3. unfortunately (HSK 5)

他

tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)

體質

tǐ zhì — 1. (a person's) constitution; underlying physical condition; physical makeup 2. (of an organization, society etc) structural soundness (HSK 7-9)

上

shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)

還有

hái yǒu — 1. there still remain(s); there is (or are) still 2. in addition (HSK 1)

一些

yī xiē — some; a few; a little; (following an adjective) slightly ...er (HSK 1)

缺點

quē diǎn — 1. weak point 2. fault 3. shortcoming 4. disadvantage 5. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 3)

最

zuì — 1. (before an adjective or verb) to the highest degree; (the) most ...; -est 2. (after 之 (zhī)) best or most extreme example (e.g. 世界之最 (shì jiè zhī zuì) "the greatest in the world") (HSK 1)

惱人

nǎo rén — 1. annoying 2. irksome 3. to irritate

的

de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

是

shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)

在

zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)

他

tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)

頭皮

tóu pí — scalp

上

shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)

頗

Pō — 1. surname Po 2. Taiwan pr. (Pǒ) (HSK 7-9)

有

yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)

幾

jī — (literary) almost (HSK 1)

處

chǔ — 1. to reside 2. to live 3. to dwell 4. to be in 5. to be situated at 6. to stay 7. to get along with 8. to be in a position of 9. to deal with 10. to discipline 11. to punish (HSK 4)

不知

bù zhī — 1. not to know 2. unaware 3. unknowingly 4. fig. not to admit (defeat, hardships, tiredness etc) (HSK 7-9)

于

Yú — surname Yu (HSK 6)

何時

hé shí — when (HSK 7-9)

的

de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

癩瘡

lài chuāng — favus (skin disease)

疤

bā — 1. scar 2. scab

這

zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)

雖然

suī rán — although; even though (often used correlatively with 可是 (kě shì) or 但是 (dàn shì) etc) (HSK 2)

也

Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)

在

zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)

他

tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)

身上

shēn shang — 1. on the body 2. at hand 3. among (HSK 1)

而

ér — 1. and 2. as well as 3. and so 4. but (not) 5. yet (not) 6. (indicates causal relation) 7. (indicates change of state) 8. (indicates contrast) (HSK 4)

看

kān — 1. to look after 2. to take care of 3. to watch 4. to guard (HSK 1)

阿Q

Ā Q — Ah Q, antihero of Lu Xun's influential 1921 novella "The True Story of Ah Q" 阿Q正傳[A1 Q Zheng4 zhuan4] ("Q" here is typically pronounced as (kiū) or (qiū))

的

de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

意思

yì si — 1. idea 2. opinion 3. meaning 4. wish 5. desire 6. interest 7. fun 8. token of appreciation, affection etc 9. classifier: 個 (gè) 10. to give as a small token 11. to do sth as a gesture of goodwill etc (HSK 2)

倒

dǎo — 1. to fall; to collapse; to lie horizontally 2. to fail; to go bankrupt 3. to overthrow 4. to change (trains or buses) 5. to move around 6. to resell at a profit (HSK 2)

也

Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)

似乎

sì hū — it seems; seemingly; as if (HSK 4)

以

Yǐ — abbr. for Israel 以色列 (Yǐ sè liè) (HSK 7-9)

爲

wéi — variant of 為 (wéi) (HSK 2)

不足

bù zú — 1. insufficient 2. lacking 3. deficiency 4. not enough 5. inadequate 6. not worth 7. cannot 8. should not (HSK 5)

貴

Guì — short name for Guizhou 貴州 (Guì zhōu) (HSK 1)

的

de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

因

yīn — 1. cause 2. reason 3. because (HSK 6)

爲

wéi — variant of 為 (wéi) (HSK 2)

他

tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)

諱

huì — 1. to avoid mentioning 2. taboo word 3. name of deceased emperor or superior

說

shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)

癩

lài — 1. scabies 2. skin disease

以及

yǐ jí — and; as well as (HSK 4)

一切

yī qiè — 1. everything 2. every 3. all (HSK 3)

近

jìn — 1. near 2. close to 3. approximately (HSK 2)

於

yú — 1. (of time or place) in; at; on 2. (indicating any indirect relation) to; toward; vis-à-vis; with regard to; for 3. (indicating a source) from; out of 4. (used in comparison) than 5. (used in the passive voice) by (HSK 6)

賴

Lài — 1. surname Lai 2. (Tw) (coll.) LINE messaging app (HSK 6)

的

de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

音

yīn — 1. sound 2. noise 3. note (of musical scale) 4. tone 5. news 6. syllable 7. reading (phonetic value of a character)

後來

hòu lái — 1. afterwards; later 2. newly arrived (HSK 2)

推而廣之

tuī ér guǎng zhī — 1. to apply sth more broadly 2. by logical extension 3. and, by extension,

光

guāng — 1. light; ray (classifier: 道 (dào)) 2. bright; shiny 3. only; merely 4. used up; finished 5. to leave (a part of the body) uncovered (HSK 3)

也

Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)

諱

huì — 1. to avoid mentioning 2. taboo word 3. name of deceased emperor or superior

亮

liàng — 1. bright; light 2. to shine; to flash 3. loud and clear 4. to show (one's passport etc); to make public (one's views etc) (HSK 2)

也

Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)

諱

huì — 1. to avoid mentioning 2. taboo word 3. name of deceased emperor or superior

再

zài — 1. again; once more; re- 2. further; beyond this point of time 3. (before an adjective) more 4. then (after sth, and not until then) 5. no matter how ... (followed by an adjective or verb, and then (usually) 也 (yě) or 都 (dōu) for emphasis) 6. (used to introduce additional information, as in 再則 (zài zé), 再就是 (zài jiù shì) etc) 7. (literary) to reappear; to reoccur (HSK 1)

後來

hòu lái — 1. afterwards; later 2. newly arrived (HSK 2)

連

Lián — surname Lian (HSK 3)

燈

dēng — 1. lamp 2. light 3. lantern 4. classifier: 盞 (zhǎn) (HSK 2)

燭

zhú — 1. candle 2. (literary) to illuminate

都

Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)

諱

huì — 1. to avoid mentioning 2. taboo word 3. name of deceased emperor or superior

了

le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)

一

yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)

犯諱

fàn huì — 1. to use the tabooed name 名諱 (míng huì) of hierarchical superiors (old) 2. to violate a taboo 3. to use a taboo word or character

不問

bù wèn — 1. to pay no attention to 2. to disregard 3. to ignore 4. to let go unpunished 5. to let off

有心

yǒu xīn — 1. to have a mind to 2. to intend to 3. deliberately 4. considerate

與

yú — variant of 歟 (yú) (HSK 6)

無心

wú xīn — 1. unintentionally 2. not in the mood to

阿Q

Ā Q — Ah Q, antihero of Lu Xun's influential 1921 novella "The True Story of Ah Q" 阿Q正傳[A1 Q Zheng4 zhuan4] ("Q" here is typically pronounced as (kiū) or (qiū))

便

biàn — 1. plain 2. informal 3. suitable 4. convenient 5. opportune 6. to urinate or defecate 7. equivalent to 就 (jiù): then 8. in that case 9. even if 10. soon afterwards (HSK 6)

全

Quán — surname Quan (HSK 2)

疤

bā — 1. scar 2. scab

通紅

tōng hóng — 1. very red 2. red through and through 3. to blush (deep red) (HSK 6)

的

de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

發起

fā qǐ — 1. to originate 2. to initiate 3. to launch (an attack, an initiative etc) 4. to start 5. to propose sth (for the first time) (HSK 6)

怒

Nù — Nu ethnic group

來

lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)

估量

gū liang — to estimate; to assess

了

le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)

對手

duì shǒu — 1. opponent 2. rival 3. competitor 4. (well-matched) adversary 5. match (HSK 3)

口訥

kǒu nè — (literary) inarticulate

的

de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

他

tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)

便

biàn — 1. plain 2. informal 3. suitable 4. convenient 5. opportune 6. to urinate or defecate 7. equivalent to 就 (jiù): then 8. in that case 9. even if 10. soon afterwards (HSK 6)

罵

mà — 1. to scold 2. to abuse 3. to curse 4. classifier: 通 (tòng), 頓 (dùn) (HSK 5)

氣力

qì lì — 1. strength 2. energy 3. vigor 4. talent

小的

xiǎo de — 1. (coll.) young child; the little one(s) of the family 2. (old) (humble) I; me; my (used by a commoner when speaking to an official)

他

tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)

便

biàn — 1. plain 2. informal 3. suitable 4. convenient 5. opportune 6. to urinate or defecate 7. equivalent to 就 (jiù): then 8. in that case 9. even if 10. soon afterwards (HSK 6)

打

dá — 1. (loanword) dozen 2. Taiwan pr. (dǎ) (HSK 1)

然而

rán ér — however; but; yet (HSK 4)

不知

bù zhī — 1. not to know 2. unaware 3. unknowingly 4. fig. not to admit (defeat, hardships, tiredness etc) (HSK 7-9)

怎麽

zěn me — variant of 怎麼 (zěn me) (HSK 1)

一回事

yī huí shì — 1. one and the same (thing) 2. one thing (as distinct from another) (HSK 7-9)

總

zǒng — 1. (bound form) general; overall 2. to sum up 3. in every case; always; invariably 4. anyway; after all; eventually; sooner or later 5. surely 6. (after a person's name) abbr. for 總經理 (zǒng jīng lǐ) or 總編 (zǒng biān) etc (HSK 3)

還是

hái shi — 1. still (as before) 2. had better 3. unexpectedly 4. or (HSK 1)

阿Q

Ā Q — Ah Q, antihero of Lu Xun's influential 1921 novella "The True Story of Ah Q" 阿Q正傳[A1 Q Zheng4 zhuan4] ("Q" here is typically pronounced as (kiū) or (qiū))

喫

chī — variant of 吃 (chī) (HSK 1)

虧

kuī — 1. to lose (money); to have a deficit 2. to be deficient 3. to treat unfairly 4. luckily; fortunately; thanks to 5. (used to introduce an ironic remark about sb who has fallen short of expectations) (HSK 5)

的

de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

時候

shí hou — 1. time 2. length of time 3. moment 4. period (HSK 1)

多

duō — 1. many; much; more; a lot of 2. too many; in excess 3. (after a numeral) ... odd 4. how (to what extent) (Taiwan pr. (duó)) 5. (bound form) multi-; poly- (HSK 1)

於是

yú shì — thereupon; as a result; consequently; thus; hence (HSK 4)

他

tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)

漸漸

jiàn jiàn — gradually (HSK 4)

的

de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

變換

biàn huàn — 1. to transform 2. to convert 3. to vary 4. to alternate 5. a transformation (HSK 6)

了

le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)

方針

fāng zhēn — 1. policy 2. guidelines 3. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 4)

大抵

dà dǐ — 1. generally speaking 2. by and large 3. for the most part

改

gǎi — 1. to change 2. to alter 3. to transform 4. to correct (HSK 2)

爲

wéi — variant of 為 (wéi) (HSK 2)

怒目而視

nù mù ér shì — (idiom) to glare at

了

le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)

阿Q『先前阔』，见识高，而且『真能做』，本来几乎是一个『完人』了，但可惜他体质上还有一些缺点，最恼人的是在他头皮上，颇有几处不知于何时的癞疮疤。这虽然也在他身上，而看阿Q的意思，倒也似乎以为不足贵的，因为他讳说『癞』以及一切近于『赖』的音，后来推而广之，『光』也讳，『亮』也讳，再后来，连『灯』『烛』都讳了。一犯讳，不问有心与无心，阿Q便全疤通红的发起怒来，估量了对手，口讷的他便骂，气力小的他便打；然而不知怎么一回事，总还是阿Q吃亏的时候多，于是他渐渐的变换了方针，大抵改为怒目而视了。

誰知道阿Q採用怒目主義之後，未莊的閒人們便愈喜歡玩笑他，一見面，他們便假作喫驚的說：Little did he know that once Ah Q adopted this policy of the fierce glare, the idlers of Weizhuang only grew fonder of teasing him for it; the moment they saw him, they would pretend to be startled and say:

誰知道

shéi zhī dào — 1. God knows... 2. Who would have imagined...? (HSK 7-9)

阿Q

Ā Q — Ah Q, antihero of Lu Xun's influential 1921 novella "The True Story of Ah Q" 阿Q正傳[A1 Q Zheng4 zhuan4] ("Q" here is typically pronounced as (kiū) or (qiū))

採用

cǎi yòng — 1. to adopt 2. to employ 3. to use (HSK 3)

怒目

nù mù — 1. with glaring eyes 2. glowering

主義

zhǔ yì — 1. -ism 2. ideology (HSK 7-9)

之後

zhī hòu — 1. after; behind 2. (at the beginning of a sentence) afterwards; since then (HSK 4)

未

wèi — 1. not yet 2. did not 3. have not 4. not 5. 8th earthly branch: 1-3 p.m., 6th solar month (7th July-6th August), year of the Sheep 6. ancient Chinese compass point: 210° (HSK 7-9)

莊

Zhuāng — surname Zhuang

的

de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

閒人

xián rén — 1. idle person; idler 2. person who has no legitimate reason to be in a certain place

們

men — plural marker for pronouns, and nouns referring to individuals

便

biàn — 1. plain 2. informal 3. suitable 4. convenient 5. opportune 6. to urinate or defecate 7. equivalent to 就 (jiù): then 8. in that case 9. even if 10. soon afterwards (HSK 6)

愈

yù — 1. the more...(the more...) 2. to recover 3. to heal 4. better

喜歡

xǐ huan — to like; to be fond of (HSK 1)

玩笑

wán xiào — 1. to joke 2. joke 3. jest

他

tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)

一

yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)

見面

jiàn miàn — 1. to meet; to see each other 2. classifier: 次 (cì) (HSK 1)

他們

tā men — they; them (HSK 1)

便

biàn — 1. plain 2. informal 3. suitable 4. convenient 5. opportune 6. to urinate or defecate 7. equivalent to 就 (jiù): then 8. in that case 9. even if 10. soon afterwards (HSK 6)

假作

jiǎ zuò — 1. to feign 2. to pretend

喫

chī — variant of 吃 (chī) (HSK 1)

驚

jīng — 1. to startle 2. to be frightened 3. to be scared 4. alarm (HSK 7-9)

的

de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

說

shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)

谁知道阿Q采用怒目主义之后，未庄的闲人们便愈喜欢玩笑他，一见面，他们便假作吃惊的说：

『噲，亮起來了。』"Well now, it's lit up!"

噲

Kuài — surname Kuai

亮

liàng — 1. bright; light 2. to shine; to flash 3. loud and clear 4. to show (one's passport etc); to make public (one's views etc) (HSK 2)

起來

qǐ lai — 1. to stand up; to get up 2. also pr. (qǐ lái) (HSK 1)

了

le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)

『哙，亮起来了。』

阿Q照例的發了怒，他怒目而視了。Ah Q, as always, flew into a rage, and glared fiercely at them.

阿Q

Ā Q — Ah Q, antihero of Lu Xun's influential 1921 novella "The True Story of Ah Q" 阿Q正傳[A1 Q Zheng4 zhuan4] ("Q" here is typically pronounced as (kiū) or (qiū))

照例

zhào lì — 1. as a rule 2. as usual 3. usually (HSK 7-9)

的

de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

發

fā — 1. to send out 2. to show (one's feeling) 3. to issue 4. to develop 5. to make a bundle of money 6. classifier for gunshots (rounds) (HSK 2)

了

le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)

怒

Nù — Nu ethnic group

他

tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)

怒目而視

nù mù ér shì — (idiom) to glare at

了

le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)

阿Q照例的发了怒，他怒目而视了。

『原來有保險燈在這裏！』他們並不怕。"So there's a safety lamp here after all!" they would say, quite unafraid.

原來

yuán lái — 1. original; former 2. originally; formerly; at first 3. so, actually, as it turns out (HSK 2)

有

yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)

保險燈

bǎo xiǎn dēng — kerosene lamp

在

zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)

這裏

zhè lǐ — variant of 這裡 (zhè lǐ) (HSK 1)

他們

tā men — they; them (HSK 1)

並不

bìng bù — not at all; by no means

怕

Pà — surname Pa (HSK 2)

『原来有保险灯在这里！』他们并不怕。

阿Q沒有法，只得另外想出報復的話來：Ah Q, having no other recourse, could only rack his brains for some retort by way of revenge:

阿Q

Ā Q — Ah Q, antihero of Lu Xun's influential 1921 novella "The True Story of Ah Q" 阿Q正傳[A1 Q Zheng4 zhuan4] ("Q" here is typically pronounced as (kiū) or (qiū))

沒有法

méi yǒu fǎ — 1. at a loss 2. unable to do anything about it 3. to have no choice

只得

zhǐ dé — to have no alternative but to; to be obliged to (HSK 6)

另外

lìng wài — 1. additional 2. in addition 3. besides 4. separate 5. other 6. moreover 7. furthermore (HSK 3)

想出

xiǎng chū — 1. to figure out 2. to work out (a solution etc) 3. to think up 4. to come up with (an idea etc)

報復

bào fù — 1. to make reprisals; to retaliate 2. revenge; retaliation (HSK 7-9)

的話

de huà — if (coming after a conditional clause) (HSK 2)

來

lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)

阿Q没有法，只得另外想出报复的话来：

『你還不配……』這時候，又彷彿在他頭上的是一種高尙的光榮的癩頭瘡，並非平常的癩頭瘡了；"You're not even worthy..." At such moments, it was as though the thing on his head had become some sort of noble and glorious ringworm scar, no longer an ordinary case of ringworm at all;但上文說過，阿Q是有見識的，他立刻知道和『犯忌』有點抵觸，便不再往底下說。But as noted above, Ah Q was a man of discernment, and he realized at once that this line of thought bordered on violating the taboo himself, and so he would say no more.

你

nǐ — you (informal, as opposed to courteous 您 (nín)) (HSK 1)

還

Huán — surname Huan (HSK 1)

不

bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)

配

pèi — 1. to join 2. to fit 3. to mate 4. to mix 5. to match 6. to deserve 7. to make up (a prescription) 8. to allocate (HSK 3)

這時

zhè shí — 1. at this time 2. at this moment (HSK 2)

候

hòu — 1. to wait 2. to inquire after 3. to watch 4. season 5. climate 6. (old) period of five days

又

yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)

彷彿

fǎng fú — 1. to seem; as if; seemingly 2. alike; similar (HSK 6)

在

zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)

他

tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)

頭上

tóu shàng — 1. overhead 2. above

的

de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

是

shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)

一種

yī zhǒng — one kind of; one type of

高

Gāo — surname Gao (HSK 1)

尙

shàng — 1. variant of 尚, still 2. yet 3. to value 4. to esteem

的

de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

光榮

guāng róng — 1. honor and glory 2. glorious (HSK 5)

的

de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

癩

lài — 1. scabies 2. skin disease

頭

tóu — 1. head 2. hair style 3. the top 4. end 5. beginning or end 6. a stub 7. remnant 8. chief 9. boss 10. side 11. aspect 12. first 13. leading 14. classifier for pigs or livestock 15. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 2)

瘡

chuāng — 1. sore 2. skin ulcer

並非

bìng fēi — really isn't (HSK 7-9)

平常

píng cháng — 1. ordinary 2. common 3. usually 4. ordinarily (HSK 2)

的

de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

癩

lài — 1. scabies 2. skin disease

頭

tóu — 1. head 2. hair style 3. the top 4. end 5. beginning or end 6. a stub 7. remnant 8. chief 9. boss 10. side 11. aspect 12. first 13. leading 14. classifier for pigs or livestock 15. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 2)

瘡

chuāng — 1. sore 2. skin ulcer

了

le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)

但

dàn — 1. but; yet; however; still 2. merely; only; just (HSK 2)

上文

shàng wén — preceding part of the text

說

shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)

過

Guō — surname Guo (HSK 1)

阿Q

Ā Q — Ah Q, antihero of Lu Xun's influential 1921 novella "The True Story of Ah Q" 阿Q正傳[A1 Q Zheng4 zhuan4] ("Q" here is typically pronounced as (kiū) or (qiū))

是

shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)

有

yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)

見識

jiàn shi — 1. to gain first-hand knowledge of sth 2. to experience for oneself 3. knowledge 4. experience 5. insight (HSK 7-9)

的

de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

他

tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)

立刻

lì kè — immediately; at once; right away (HSK 3)

知道

zhī dào — 1. to know; to become aware of 2. also pr. (zhī dao) (HSK 1)

和

Hé — surname He (HSK 1)

犯忌

fàn jì — to violate a taboo

有點

yǒu diǎn — a little

抵觸

dǐ chù — 1. to conflict 2. to contradict (HSK 7-9)

便

biàn — 1. plain 2. informal 3. suitable 4. convenient 5. opportune 6. to urinate or defecate 7. equivalent to 就 (jiù): then 8. in that case 9. even if 10. soon afterwards (HSK 6)

不再

bù zài — no more; no longer (HSK 6)

往

wǎng — 1. to go (in a direction) 2. to 3. towards 4. (of a train) bound for 5. past 6. previous (HSK 2)

底下

dǐ xia — 1. the location below sth 2. afterwards (HSK 3)

說

shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)

『你还不配……』这时候，又仿佛在他头上的是一种高尙的光荣的癞头疮，并非平常的癞头疮了；但上文说过，阿Q是有见识的，他立刻知道和『犯忌』有点抵触，便不再往底下说。

閒人還不完，只撩他，於是終而至于打。Yet the idlers were still not satisfied, and kept provoking him, until at last it came to blows.阿Q在形式上打敗了，被人揪住黃辮子，在壁下碰了四五個響頭，閒人這纔心滿意足的得勝的走了，阿Q站了一刻，心裏想，『我總算被兒子打了，現在的世界眞不像樣……』于是也心滿意足的得勝的走了。Ah Q would be defeated in outward form, seized by his queue and made to knock his head against the wall four or five times with a resounding thud, and only then would the idlers walk off satisfied, feeling they had won; Ah Q would stand there a moment, thinking to himself, "It's as if I've been beaten by my own son—what is the world coming to these days..." and then he too would walk off satisfied, feeling that he had won.

閒人

xián rén — 1. idle person; idler 2. person who has no legitimate reason to be in a certain place

還

Huán — surname Huan (HSK 1)

不

bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)

完

wán — 1. to finish 2. to be over 3. whole 4. complete 5. entire (HSK 2)

只

zhī — variant of 隻 (zhī) (HSK 2)

撩

liāo — 1. to lift up (sth hanging down) 2. to raise (hem of skirt) 3. to pull up (sleeve) 4. to sprinkle (water with cupped hands)

他

tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)

於是

yú shì — thereupon; as a result; consequently; thus; hence (HSK 4)

終

zhōng — 1. end 2. finish

而

ér — 1. and 2. as well as 3. and so 4. but (not) 5. yet (not) 6. (indicates causal relation) 7. (indicates change of state) 8. (indicates contrast) (HSK 4)

至于

zhì yú — 1. as for 2. as to 3. to go so far as to (HSK 6)

打

dá — 1. (loanword) dozen 2. Taiwan pr. (dǎ) (HSK 1)

阿Q

Ā Q — Ah Q, antihero of Lu Xun's influential 1921 novella "The True Story of Ah Q" 阿Q正傳[A1 Q Zheng4 zhuan4] ("Q" here is typically pronounced as (kiū) or (qiū))

在

zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)

形式

xíng shì — 1. outer appearance 2. form 3. shape 4. formality 5. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 3)

上

shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)

打敗

dǎ bài — 1. to defeat 2. to overpower 3. to beat 4. to be defeated (HSK 4)

了

le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)

被

bèi — 1. quilt 2. to cover (with) 3. (literary) to suffer (a misfortune) 4. used to indicate passive voice (placed before the doer of the action like "by" in English passive-voice sentences, or, if the doer is not mentioned, before the verb) 5. (since c. 2009) (sarcastic or jocular) used to indicate that the following word should be regarded as being in air quotes (as in 被旅遊[bei4 lu : 3 you2] to "go on a trip") (HSK 3)

人

rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)

揪住

jiū zhù — to grab

黃

Huáng — surname Huang or Hwang (HSK 2)

辮子

biàn zi — 1. plait 2. braid 3. pigtail 4. a mistake or shortcoming that may be exploited by an opponent 5. handle 6. classifier: 根 (gēn), 條 (tiáo) (HSK 7-9)

在

zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)

壁

bì — 1. wall 2. rampart

下

xià — 1. down 2. downwards 3. below 4. lower 5. later 6. next (week etc) 7. second (of two parts) 8. to decline 9. to go down 10. to arrive at (a decision, conclusion etc) 11. measure word to show the frequency of an action (HSK 1)

碰

pèng — 1. to touch 2. to meet with 3. to bump (HSK 2)

了

le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)

四

sì — 1. four 2. 4 (HSK 1)

五

wǔ — 1. five 2. 5 (HSK 1)

個

gě — used in 自個兒 (zì gě r) (HSK 1)

響頭

xiǎng tóu — 1. to bump one's head 2. to kowtow with head-banging on the ground

閒人

xián rén — 1. idle person; idler 2. person who has no legitimate reason to be in a certain place

這

zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)

纔

cái — 1. (variant of 才 (cái)) just now 2. (variant of 才 (cái)) (before an expression of quantity) only (HSK 2)

心滿意足

xīn mǎn yì zú — 1. perfectly contented (idiom) 2. perfectly satisfied

的

de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

得勝

dé shèng — to triumph over an opponent

的

de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

走

zǒu — 1. to walk 2. to go 3. to run 4. to move (of vehicle) 5. to visit 6. to leave 7. to go away 8. to die (euph.) 9. from 10. through 11. away (in compound verbs, such as 撤走 (chè zǒu)) 12. to change (shape, form, meaning) (HSK 1)

了

le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)

阿Q

Ā Q — Ah Q, antihero of Lu Xun's influential 1921 novella "The True Story of Ah Q" 阿Q正傳[A1 Q Zheng4 zhuan4] ("Q" here is typically pronounced as (kiū) or (qiū))

站

zhàn — 1. station 2. to stand 3. to halt 4. to stop 5. branch of a company or organization 6. website (HSK 1)

了

le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)

一

yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)

刻

kè — 1. quarter (hour) 2. moment 3. to carve 4. to engrave 5. to cut 6. oppressive 7. classifier for short time intervals (HSK 2)

心

xīn — 1. heart 2. mind 3. intention 4. center 5. core 6. classifier: 顆 (kē), 個 (gè) (HSK 3)

裏

lǐ — variant of 裡 (lǐ) (HSK 1)

想

xiǎng — 1. to think (about) 2. to think of; to devise 3. to think (that); to believe (that) 4. to desire; to want (to) 5. to miss (feel wistful about the absence of) (HSK 1)

我

wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)

總算

zǒng suàn — 1. at long last 2. finally 3. on the whole (HSK 5)

被

bèi — 1. quilt 2. to cover (with) 3. (literary) to suffer (a misfortune) 4. used to indicate passive voice (placed before the doer of the action like "by" in English passive-voice sentences, or, if the doer is not mentioned, before the verb) 5. (since c. 2009) (sarcastic or jocular) used to indicate that the following word should be regarded as being in air quotes (as in 被旅遊[bei4 lu : 3 you2] to "go on a trip") (HSK 3)

兒子

ér zi — son (HSK 1)

打

dá — 1. (loanword) dozen 2. Taiwan pr. (dǎ) (HSK 1)

了

le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)

現在

xiàn zài — now; at present; currently (HSK 1)

的

de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

世界

shì jiè — world (HSK 3)

眞

zhēn — variant of 真 (zhēn)

不像樣

bù xiàng yàng — 1. in no shape to be seen 2. unpresentable 3. beyond recognition

于是

yú shì — thereupon; as a result; consequently; thus; hence (HSK 4)

也

Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)

心滿意足

xīn mǎn yì zú — 1. perfectly contented (idiom) 2. perfectly satisfied

的

de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

得勝

dé shèng — to triumph over an opponent

的

de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

走

zǒu — 1. to walk 2. to go 3. to run 4. to move (of vehicle) 5. to visit 6. to leave 7. to go away 8. to die (euph.) 9. from 10. through 11. away (in compound verbs, such as 撤走 (chè zǒu)) 12. to change (shape, form, meaning) (HSK 1)

了

le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)

闲人还不完，只撩他，于是终而至于打。阿Q在形式上打败了，被人揪住黄辫子，在壁下碰了四五个响头，闲人这才心满意足的得胜的走了，阿Q站了一刻，心里想，『我总算被儿子打了，现在的世界真不像样……』于是也心满意足的得胜的走了。

阿Q想在心裏的，後來每每說出口來，所以凡有和阿Q玩笑的人們，幾乎全知道他有這一種精神上的勝利法，此後每逢揪住他黃辮子的時候，人就先一着對他說：What Ah Q thought to himself in this way, he later took to saying aloud as well, so that nearly everyone who teased Ah Q came to know of this spiritual method of his for winning victories, and after that, whenever they seized him by his queue, people would get in first and say to him:

阿Q

Ā Q — Ah Q, antihero of Lu Xun's influential 1921 novella "The True Story of Ah Q" 阿Q正傳[A1 Q Zheng4 zhuan4] ("Q" here is typically pronounced as (kiū) or (qiū))

想

xiǎng — 1. to think (about) 2. to think of; to devise 3. to think (that); to believe (that) 4. to desire; to want (to) 5. to miss (feel wistful about the absence of) (HSK 1)

在

zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)

心

xīn — 1. heart 2. mind 3. intention 4. center 5. core 6. classifier: 顆 (kē), 個 (gè) (HSK 3)

裏

lǐ — variant of 裡 (lǐ) (HSK 1)

的

de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

後來

hòu lái — 1. afterwards; later 2. newly arrived (HSK 2)

每每

měi měi — often

說出

shuō chū — 1. to speak out 2. to declare (one's view)

口

kǒu — 1. mouth 2. classifier for things with mouths (people, domestic animals, cannons, wells etc) 3. classifier for bites or mouthfuls (HSK 1)

來

lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)

所以

suǒ yǐ — 1. therefore 2. as a result 3. so 4. the reason why (HSK 2)

凡

fán — 1. ordinary 2. commonplace 3. mundane 4. temporal 5. of the material world (as opposed to supernatural or immortal levels) 6. every 7. all 8. whatever 9. altogether 10. gist 11. outline 12. note of Chinese musical scale (HSK 7-9)

有

yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)

和

Hé — surname He (HSK 1)

阿Q

Ā Q — Ah Q, antihero of Lu Xun's influential 1921 novella "The True Story of Ah Q" 阿Q正傳[A1 Q Zheng4 zhuan4] ("Q" here is typically pronounced as (kiū) or (qiū))

玩笑

wán xiào — 1. to joke 2. joke 3. jest

的

de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

人們

rén men — people (HSK 2)

幾乎

jī hū — almost; nearly; practically (HSK 4)

全知

quán zhī — omniscient

道

dào — 1. road; path (classifier: 條 (tiáo), 股 (gǔ)) 2. (bound form) way; reason; principle 3. (bound form) a skill; an art; a specialization 4. (Daoism) the Way; the Dao 5. to say (introducing a direct quotation, as in a novel) 6. (bound form) to express; to extend (polite words) 7. classifier for long thin things (rivers, cracks, shadows etc), barriers (walls, doors etc), questions (in an exam etc), commands, courses in a meal, steps in a process 8. (old) circuit (administrative division) (HSK 2)

他

tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)

有

yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)

這

zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)

一種

yī zhǒng — one kind of; one type of

精神

jīng shén — 1. spirit 2. mind 3. consciousness 4. thought 5. mental 6. psychological 7. essence 8. gist 9. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 3)

上

shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)

的

de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

勝利

shèng lì — 1. victory 2. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 3)

法

Fǎ — 1. France 2. French 3. abbr. for 法國 (Fǎ guó) 4. Taiwan pr. (Fà) (HSK 4)

此後

cǐ hòu — 1. after this 2. afterwards 3. hereafter (HSK 5)

每逢

měi féng — 1. every time 2. on each occasion 3. whenever (HSK 7-9)

揪住

jiū zhù — to grab

他

tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)

黃

Huáng — surname Huang or Hwang (HSK 2)

辮子

biàn zi — 1. plait 2. braid 3. pigtail 4. a mistake or shortcoming that may be exploited by an opponent 5. handle 6. classifier: 根 (gēn), 條 (tiáo) (HSK 7-9)

的

de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

時候

shí hou — 1. time 2. length of time 3. moment 4. period (HSK 1)

人

rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)

就

jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)

先

xiān — 1. beforehand; first; earlier 2. at first; originally 3. for the time being; for now 4. (prefix) my late (in referring to deceased relatives older than oneself) (HSK 1)

一

yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)

着

zhāo — variant of 著 (zhāo) (HSK 1)

對

duì — 1. right; correct 2. towards; at; for 3. concerning; regarding 4. to treat (sb a certain way) 5. to face 6. (bound form) opposite; facing; matching 7. to match together; to adjust 8. to fit; to suit 9. to answer; to reply 10. to add; to pour in (a fluid) 11. to check; to compare 12. classifier: couple; pair (HSK 1)

他

tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)

說

shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)

阿Q想在心里的，后来每每说出口来，所以凡有和阿Q玩笑的人们，几乎全知道他有这一种精神上的胜利法，此后每逢揪住他黄辫子的时候，人就先一着对他说：

『阿Q，這不是兒子打老子，是人打畜生。"Ah Q, this isn't a son beating his father, it's a man beating a beast.自己說，人打畜生！』Say it yourself—a man beating a beast!"

阿Q

Ā Q — Ah Q, antihero of Lu Xun's influential 1921 novella "The True Story of Ah Q" 阿Q正傳[A1 Q Zheng4 zhuan4] ("Q" here is typically pronounced as (kiū) or (qiū))

這不

zhè bu — (coll.) As a matter of fact, ... (used to introduce evidence for what one has just asserted)

是

shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)

兒子

ér zi — son (HSK 1)

打

dá — 1. (loanword) dozen 2. Taiwan pr. (dǎ) (HSK 1)

老子

Lǎo zǐ — 1. Laozi or Lao-tze (c. 500 BC), Chinese philosopher, the founder of Taoism 2. the sacred book of Daoism, 道德經 (Dào dé jīng) by Laozi

是

shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)

人

rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)

打

dá — 1. (loanword) dozen 2. Taiwan pr. (dǎ) (HSK 1)

畜生

chù sheng — 1. domestic animal 2. brute 3. bastard

自己

zì jǐ — oneself; (attributive) one's own (HSK 2)

說

shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)

人

rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)

打

dá — 1. (loanword) dozen 2. Taiwan pr. (dǎ) (HSK 1)

畜生

chù sheng — 1. domestic animal 2. brute 3. bastard

『阿Q，这不是儿子打老子，是人打畜生。自己说，人打畜生！』

阿Q兩隻手都揑住了自己的辮根，歪着頭，說道：Ah Q, gripping the base of his own queue with both hands, would tilt his head and say:

阿Q

Ā Q — Ah Q, antihero of Lu Xun's influential 1921 novella "The True Story of Ah Q" 阿Q正傳[A1 Q Zheng4 zhuan4] ("Q" here is typically pronounced as (kiū) or (qiū))

兩

liǎng — 1. two 2. both 3. some 4. a few 5. tael, unit of weight equal to 50 grams (modern) or 1⁄16 of a catty 斤 (jīn) (old) (HSK 1)

隻

zhī — classifier for birds and certain animals, one of a pair, some utensils, vessels etc (HSK 2)

手

shǒu — 1. hand 2. (formal) to hold 3. person engaged in certain types of work 4. person skilled in certain types of work 5. personal(ly) 6. convenient 7. classifier for skill 8. classifier: 雙 (shuāng), 隻 (zhī) (HSK 1)

都

Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)

揑

niē — variant of 捏 (niē) (HSK 7-9)

住

zhù — 1. to live; to reside; to stay 2. to stop; to cease 3. (result complement indicating firmness or a stable achieved state) (HSK 1)

了

le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)

自己

zì jǐ — oneself; (attributive) one's own (HSK 2)

的

de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

辮

biàn — 1. a braid or queue 2. to plait

根

gēn — 1. root 2. basis 3. classifier for long slender objects, e.g. cigarettes, guitar strings 4. classifier: 條 (tiáo) 5. radical (chemistry) (HSK 4)

歪

wāi — 1. askew 2. at a crooked angle 3. devious 4. noxious 5. (coll.) to lie on one's side (HSK 7-9)

着

zhāo — variant of 著 (zhāo) (HSK 1)

頭

tóu — 1. head 2. hair style 3. the top 4. end 5. beginning or end 6. a stub 7. remnant 8. chief 9. boss 10. side 11. aspect 12. first 13. leading 14. classifier for pigs or livestock 15. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 2)

說道

shuō dào — 1. to state 2. to say (the quoted words) (HSK 7-9)

阿Q两只手都揑住了自己的辫根，歪着头，说道：

『打蟲豸，好不好？"Beating an insect—how's that?我是蟲豸——還不放麽？』I'm an insect—will you let go now?"

打蟲

dǎ chóng — 1. to swat an insect 2. to get rid of intestinal parasite with drugs

豸

zhì — 1. worm-like invertebrate 2. mythical animal (see 獬豸 (xiè zhì)) 3. radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 153)

好不好

hǎo bu hǎo — 1. (coll.) all right? 2. OK?

我

wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)

是

shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)

蟲豸

chóng zhì — 1. insect or insect-like small creature (literary) 2. base person (used as a curse word)

還

Huán — surname Huan (HSK 1)

不

bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)

放

fàng — 1. to put 2. to place 3. to release 4. to free 5. to let go 6. to let out 7. to set off (fireworks) (HSK 1)

麽

me — variant of 麼 (me)

『打虫豸，好不好？我是虫豸——还不放么？』

但雖然是蟲豸，閒人也並不放，仍舊在就近什麽地方給他碰了五六個響頭，這纔心滿意足的得勝的走了，他以爲阿Q這回可遭了瘟。But insect or not, the idlers would still not let him go, and would go on knocking his head against whatever was nearby five or six more times, and only then would they walk off satisfied, feeling they had won, believing that this time Ah Q had really come to grief.然而不到十秒鐘，阿Q也心滿意足的得勝的走了，他覺得他是第一個能够自輕自賤的人，除了『自輕自賤』不算外，餘下的就是『第一個』。Yet in less than ten seconds, Ah Q too would walk off satisfied, feeling that he had won; he considered himself the foremost man in the world at belittling and demeaning himself, and once you set aside the phrase "belittling and demeaning himself," what remained was simply "foremost" itself.狀元不也是『第一個』麽？『你算是什麽東西』呢！？Was not the top graduate of the examinations also "the foremost"? "Who do you think you are, anyway!"

但

dàn — 1. but; yet; however; still 2. merely; only; just (HSK 2)

雖然

suī rán — although; even though (often used correlatively with 可是 (kě shì) or 但是 (dàn shì) etc) (HSK 2)

是

shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)

蟲豸

chóng zhì — 1. insect or insect-like small creature (literary) 2. base person (used as a curse word)

閒人

xián rén — 1. idle person; idler 2. person who has no legitimate reason to be in a certain place

也

Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)

並不

bìng bù — not at all; by no means

放

fàng — 1. to put 2. to place 3. to release 4. to free 5. to let go 6. to let out 7. to set off (fireworks) (HSK 1)

仍舊

réng jiù — 1. still (remaining) 2. to remain (the same) 3. yet (HSK 5)

在

zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)

就近

jiù jìn — 1. nearby 2. in a close neighborhood (HSK 7-9)

什

shén — what

麽

me — variant of 麼 (me)

地方

dì fāng — 1. region 2. regional (away from the central administration) 3. local (HSK 1)

給

gěi — 1. to 2. for 3. for the benefit of 4. to give 5. to allow 6. to do sth (for sb) 7. (grammatical equivalent of 被) 8. (grammatical equivalent of 把) 9. (sentence intensifier) (HSK 1)

他

tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)

碰

pèng — 1. to touch 2. to meet with 3. to bump (HSK 2)

了

le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)

五

wǔ — 1. five 2. 5 (HSK 1)

六

liù — 1. six 2. 6 (HSK 1)

個

gě — used in 自個兒 (zì gě r) (HSK 1)

響頭

xiǎng tóu — 1. to bump one's head 2. to kowtow with head-banging on the ground

這

zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)

纔

cái — 1. (variant of 才 (cái)) just now 2. (variant of 才 (cái)) (before an expression of quantity) only (HSK 2)

心滿意足

xīn mǎn yì zú — 1. perfectly contented (idiom) 2. perfectly satisfied

的

de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

得勝

dé shèng — to triumph over an opponent

的

de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

走

zǒu — 1. to walk 2. to go 3. to run 4. to move (of vehicle) 5. to visit 6. to leave 7. to go away 8. to die (euph.) 9. from 10. through 11. away (in compound verbs, such as 撤走 (chè zǒu)) 12. to change (shape, form, meaning) (HSK 1)

了

le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)

他

tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)

以

Yǐ — abbr. for Israel 以色列 (Yǐ sè liè) (HSK 7-9)

爲

wéi — variant of 為 (wéi) (HSK 2)

阿Q

Ā Q — Ah Q, antihero of Lu Xun's influential 1921 novella "The True Story of Ah Q" 阿Q正傳[A1 Q Zheng4 zhuan4] ("Q" here is typically pronounced as (kiū) or (qiū))

這

zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)

回

Huí — Hui ethnic group (Chinese Muslims) (HSK 1)

可

kě — 1. (prefix) can; may; able to; -able 2. to approve; to permit 3. to suit 4. (particle used for emphasis) certainly; very 5. but; however (HSK 5)

遭

zāo — 1. to suffer; to meet with (usu. misfortune) 2. classifier for events: time, turn, incident

了

le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)

瘟

wēn — 1. epidemic; pestilence; plague 2. (fig.) stupid; dull; (of a performance) lackluster

然而

rán ér — however; but; yet (HSK 4)

不到

bù dào — 1. not to arrive 2. not reaching 3. insufficient 4. less than

十

shí — 1. ten 2. 10 (HSK 1)

秒鐘

miǎo zhōng — (time) second

阿Q

Ā Q — Ah Q, antihero of Lu Xun's influential 1921 novella "The True Story of Ah Q" 阿Q正傳[A1 Q Zheng4 zhuan4] ("Q" here is typically pronounced as (kiū) or (qiū))

也

Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)

心滿意足

xīn mǎn yì zú — 1. perfectly contented (idiom) 2. perfectly satisfied

的

de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

得勝

dé shèng — to triumph over an opponent

的

de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

走

zǒu — 1. to walk 2. to go 3. to run 4. to move (of vehicle) 5. to visit 6. to leave 7. to go away 8. to die (euph.) 9. from 10. through 11. away (in compound verbs, such as 撤走 (chè zǒu)) 12. to change (shape, form, meaning) (HSK 1)

了

le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)

他

tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)

覺得

jué de — 1. to think that ...; to feel that ... 2. to feel (uncomfortable etc) (HSK 1)

他

tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)

是

shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)

第一

dì yī — 1. first 2. most important; primary; foremost

個

gě — used in 自個兒 (zì gě r) (HSK 1)

能够

néng gòu — 1. to be capable of 2. to be able to 3. can (HSK 2)

自輕自賤

zì qīng zì jiàn — 1. to belittle oneself 2. self-contempt

的

de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

人

rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)

除了

chú le — 1. apart from; besides; in addition to (used to exclude, as in 除了他，誰也沒來 (chú le tā, shéi yě méi lái) "apart from him, nobody came", or to include, as in 除了英語，他也會法語 (chú le Yīng yǔ, tā yě huì Fǎ yǔ) "in addition to English, he also knows French") 2. (used to introduce one of two habitual alternatives in the pattern 除了 (chú le) + A + 就是 (jiù shì) + B, "either A or B") (HSK 3)

自輕自賤

zì qīng zì jiàn — 1. to belittle oneself 2. self-contempt

不算

bù suàn — 1. to not calculate 2. to not count 3. to not be considered (as) 4. to have no weight (HSK 7-9)

外

wài — 1. outside 2. in addition 3. foreign 4. external (HSK 1)

餘下

yú xià — remaining

的

de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

就是

jiù shì — 1. exactly; precisely 2. only; simply; just 3. (used correlatively with 也 (yě)) even; even if (HSK 3)

第一

dì yī — 1. first 2. most important; primary; foremost

個

gě — used in 自個兒 (zì gě r) (HSK 1)

狀元

zhuàng yuán — 1. top scorer in the palace examination (highest rank of the Imperial examination system) 2. see 榜眼 (bǎng yǎn) and 探花 (tàn huā) 3. top scorer in college entrance examination 高考 (gāo kǎo) 4. (fig.) the most brilliantly talented person in the field 5. leading light (HSK 7-9)

不

bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)

也

Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)

是

shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)

第一

dì yī — 1. first 2. most important; primary; foremost

個

gě — used in 自個兒 (zì gě r) (HSK 1)

麽

me — variant of 麼 (me)

你

nǐ — you (informal, as opposed to courteous 您 (nín)) (HSK 1)

算是

suàn shì — 1. considered to be 2. at last (HSK 6)

什

shén — what

麽

me — variant of 麼 (me)

東西

dōng xī — east and west (HSK 1)

呢

ne — 1. (sentence-final particle) used in questions to link back to prior discourse or context ("what about...?", "and...?") 2. (sentence-final particle) indicating that a state or situation still holds 3. (discourse particle) used to mark a slight pause or emphasis in speech (HSK 1)

但虽然是虫豸，闲人也并不放，仍旧在就近什么地方给他碰了五六个响头，这才心满意足的得胜的走了，他以为阿Q这回可遭了瘟。然而不到十秒钟，阿Q也心满意足的得胜的走了，他觉得他是第一个能够自轻自贱的人，除了『自轻自贱』不算外，余下的就是『第一个』。状元不也是『第一个』么？『你算是什么东西』呢！？

阿Q以如是等等妙法尅服怨敵之後，便愉快的跑到酒店裏喝幾碗酒，又和別人調笑一通，口角一通，又得了勝，愉快的回到土穀祠，放倒頭睡着了。Having subdued his enemies with such marvelous methods as these, Ah Q would go happily off to the tavern to drink a few bowls of wine, exchange more banter and more quarrels with others, win yet another victory, and return happily to the Tutelary Temple, where he would lie down and fall straight asleep.假使有錢，他便去押牌寶，一堆人蹲在地面上，阿Q卽汗流滿面的夾在這中間，聲音他最響：If he happened to have money, he would go and play at "guessing the covered coin"; a cluster of people would squat on the ground, and Ah Q, sweat streaming down his face, would squeeze in among them, his voice the loudest of all: